From 01df530c2791610727e345b3dd97ef75943c7320 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Hans Verkuil Date: Wed, 6 Feb 2013 12:40:28 -0300 Subject: [media] bttv: convert to the control framework Note that the private chroma agc control has been replaced with the standard CHROMA_AGC control. Also fixes a mute/automute problem where closing the file handle would force mute on. That's not what you want since that would make the mute state out of sync with the mute control. Instead check against the user count. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/uapi/linux/v4l2-controls.h | 5 +++++ 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-controls.h b/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-controls.h index dcd63745e83a..1d00ca9f0ba3 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-controls.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-controls.h @@ -146,6 +146,11 @@ enum v4l2_colorfx { * of controls. We reserve 16 controls for this driver. */ #define V4L2_CID_USER_MEYE_BASE (V4L2_CID_USER_BASE + 0x1000) +/* The base for the bttv driver controls. + * We reserve 32 controls for this driver. */ +#define V4L2_CID_USER_BTTV_BASE (V4L2_CID_USER_BASE + 0x1010) + + /* MPEG-class control IDs */ #define V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE (V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_MPEG | 0x900) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 53bf0f446bc387eabdd535dca080789cc74607f4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Kamil Debski Date: Fri, 25 Jan 2013 06:29:56 -0300 Subject: [media] v4l: Define video buffer flag for the COPY timestamp type Define video buffer flag for the COPY timestamp. In this case the timestamp value is copied from the OUTPUT to the corresponding CAPTURE buffer. Signed-off-by: Kamil Debski Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park Reviewed-by: Sylwester Nawrocki Acked-by: Hans Verkuil Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h b/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h index 234d1d870914..b5f5cddcf1c3 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h @@ -705,6 +705,7 @@ struct v4l2_buffer { #define V4L2_BUF_FLAG_TIMESTAMP_MASK 0xe000 #define V4L2_BUF_FLAG_TIMESTAMP_UNKNOWN 0x0000 #define V4L2_BUF_FLAG_TIMESTAMP_MONOTONIC 0x2000 +#define V4L2_BUF_FLAG_TIMESTAMP_COPY 0x4000 /** * struct v4l2_exportbuffer - export of video buffer as DMABUF file descriptor -- cgit v1.2.3 From 192f1e78cb9cbc1a2cee866f5e03a52857e648b6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Hans Verkuil Date: Fri, 15 Feb 2013 05:51:21 -0300 Subject: [media] s2255: convert to the control framework Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/uapi/linux/v4l2-controls.h | 4 ++++ 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-controls.h b/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-controls.h index 1d00ca9f0ba3..7eab0b91827b 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-controls.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-controls.h @@ -151,6 +151,10 @@ enum v4l2_colorfx { #define V4L2_CID_USER_BTTV_BASE (V4L2_CID_USER_BASE + 0x1010) +/* The base for the s2255 driver controls. + * We reserve 8 controls for this driver. */ +#define V4L2_CID_USER_S2255_BASE (V4L2_CID_USER_BASE + 0x1010) + /* MPEG-class control IDs */ #define V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE (V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_MPEG | 0x900) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 2b83451b45d720ca38c03878ce42ff9139cad9e3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Cornelia Huck Date: Thu, 28 Feb 2013 12:33:20 +0100 Subject: KVM: ioeventfd for virtio-ccw devices. Enhance KVM_IOEVENTFD with a new flag that allows to attach to virtio-ccw devices on s390 via the KVM_VIRTIO_CCW_NOTIFY_BUS. Signed-off-by: Cornelia Huck Signed-off-by: Marcelo Tosatti --- include/uapi/linux/kvm.h | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/kvm.h b/include/uapi/linux/kvm.h index 3c56ba3d80c1..74d0ff3dfd66 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/kvm.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/kvm.h @@ -449,12 +449,15 @@ enum { kvm_ioeventfd_flag_nr_datamatch, kvm_ioeventfd_flag_nr_pio, kvm_ioeventfd_flag_nr_deassign, + kvm_ioeventfd_flag_nr_virtio_ccw_notify, kvm_ioeventfd_flag_nr_max, }; #define KVM_IOEVENTFD_FLAG_DATAMATCH (1 << kvm_ioeventfd_flag_nr_datamatch) #define KVM_IOEVENTFD_FLAG_PIO (1 << kvm_ioeventfd_flag_nr_pio) #define KVM_IOEVENTFD_FLAG_DEASSIGN (1 << kvm_ioeventfd_flag_nr_deassign) +#define KVM_IOEVENTFD_FLAG_VIRTIO_CCW_NOTIFY \ + (1 << kvm_ioeventfd_flag_nr_virtio_ccw_notify) #define KVM_IOEVENTFD_VALID_FLAG_MASK ((1 << kvm_ioeventfd_flag_nr_max) - 1) -- cgit v1.2.3 From a947b0a93efa9a25c012aa88848f4cf8d9b41280 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nicolas Dichtel Date: Fri, 22 Feb 2013 10:54:54 +0100 Subject: xfrm: allow to avoid copying DSCP during encapsulation By default, DSCP is copying during encapsulation. Copying the DSCP in IPsec tunneling may be a bit dangerous because packets with different DSCP may get reordered relative to each other in the network and then dropped by the remote IPsec GW if the reordering becomes too big compared to the replay window. It is possible to avoid this copy with netfilter rules, but it's very convenient to be able to configure it for each SA directly. This patch adds a toogle for this purpose. By default, it's not set to maintain backward compatibility. Field flags in struct xfrm_usersa_info is full, hence I add a new attribute. Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert --- include/uapi/linux/xfrm.h | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/xfrm.h b/include/uapi/linux/xfrm.h index 28e493b5b94c..a8cd6a4a2970 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/xfrm.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/xfrm.h @@ -297,6 +297,7 @@ enum xfrm_attr_type_t { XFRMA_MARK, /* struct xfrm_mark */ XFRMA_TFCPAD, /* __u32 */ XFRMA_REPLAY_ESN_VAL, /* struct xfrm_replay_esn */ + XFRMA_SA_EXTRA_FLAGS, /* __u32 */ __XFRMA_MAX #define XFRMA_MAX (__XFRMA_MAX - 1) @@ -367,6 +368,8 @@ struct xfrm_usersa_info { #define XFRM_STATE_ESN 128 }; +#define XFRM_SA_XFLAG_DONT_ENCAP_DSCP 1 + struct xfrm_usersa_id { xfrm_address_t daddr; __be32 spi; -- cgit v1.2.3 From f8bacc210408f7a2a182f184a9fa1475b8a67440 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Thu, 14 Feb 2013 23:27:01 +0100 Subject: cfg80211: clean up mesh plink station change API Make the ability to leave the plink_state unchanged not use a magic -1 variable that isn't in the enum, but an explicit change flag; reject invalid plink states or actions and move the needed constants for plink actions to the right header file. Also reject plink_state changes for non-mesh interfaces. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg --- include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h | 20 +++++++++++++++++++- 1 file changed, 19 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h b/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h index c46bb016f4e4..7dcc69f73d2c 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h @@ -884,7 +884,8 @@ enum nl80211_commands { * consisting of a nested array. * * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes). - * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link. + * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link + * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action). * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path. * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at @@ -3307,6 +3308,23 @@ enum nl80211_plink_state { MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1 }; +/** + * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers + * + * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action + * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment + * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer + * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions + */ +enum plink_actions { + NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION, + NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN, + NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK, + + NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS, +}; + + #define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16 #define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16 #define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8 -- cgit v1.2.3 From 77ee7c891a04c3d254711ddf1bde5d7381339fb3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Fri, 15 Feb 2013 00:48:33 +0100 Subject: cfg80211: comprehensively check station changes The station change API isn't being checked properly before drivers are called, and as a result it is difficult to see what should be allowed and what not. In order to comprehensively check the API parameters parse everything first, and then have the driver call a function (cfg80211_check_station_change()) with the additionally information about the kind of station that is being changed; this allows the function to make better decisions than the old code could. While at it, also add a few checks, particularly in mesh and clarify the TDLS station lifetime in documentation. To be able to reduce a few checks, ignore any flag set bits when the mask isn't set, they shouldn't be applied then. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg --- include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h | 16 +++++++++++++++- 1 file changed, 15 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h b/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h index 7dcc69f73d2c..523ed3d65b41 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h @@ -36,7 +36,21 @@ * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added * to. * - * TODO: need more info? + * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's + * capabilities. + * + * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS + * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows: + * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate + * or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions + * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid + * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same + * time mark it authorized. + * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used + * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down + * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK) + * + * TODO: need more info for other interface types */ /** -- cgit v1.2.3 From 3713b4e364effef4b170c97d54528b1cdb16aa6b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Thu, 14 Feb 2013 16:19:38 +0100 Subject: nl80211: allow splitting wiphy information in dumps The per-wiphy information is getting large, to the point where with more than the typical number of channels it's too large and overflows, and userspace can't get any of the information at all. To address this (in a way that doesn't require making all messages bigger) allow userspace to specify that it can deal with wiphy information split across multiple parts of the dump, and if it can split up the data. This also splits up each channel separately so an arbitrary number of channels can be supported. Additionally, since GET_WIPHY has the same problem, add support for filtering the wiphy dump and get information for a single wiphy only, this allows userspace apps to use dump in this case to retrieve all data from a single device. As userspace needs to know if all this this is supported, add a global nl80211 feature set and include a bit for this behaviour in it. Cc: Dennis H Jensen Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg --- include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h | 28 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 28 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h b/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h index 523ed3d65b41..9844c10a2999 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h @@ -625,6 +625,10 @@ * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the * event. * + * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features, + * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features. + * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap. + * * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use */ @@ -779,6 +783,8 @@ enum nl80211_commands { NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT, + NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, + /* add new commands above here */ /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */ @@ -1383,6 +1389,13 @@ enum nl80211_commands { * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations * and PU-APSD. * + * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see + * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32. + * + * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports + * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple + * messages, given with wiphy dump message + * * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use */ @@ -1669,6 +1682,9 @@ enum nl80211_attrs { NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY, NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY, + NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, + NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP, + /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, @@ -3619,4 +3635,16 @@ enum nl80211_dfs_state { NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE, }; +/** + * enum enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features + * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting + * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute + * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the + * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or + * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV. + */ +enum nl80211_protocol_features { + NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0, +}; + #endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From ee2aca343c9aa64d277a75a5df043299dc84cfd9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Thu, 21 Feb 2013 17:36:01 +0100 Subject: cfg80211: add ability to override VHT capabilities For testing it's sometimes useful to be able to override certain VHT capability advertisement, add the ability to do that in cfg80211. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg --- include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h b/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h index 9844c10a2999..2c3e88360037 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h @@ -1685,6 +1685,9 @@ enum nl80211_attrs { NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP, + NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT, + NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK, + /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, -- cgit v1.2.3 From 355199e02b831fd4f652c34d6c7673d973da1369 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jouni Malinen Date: Wed, 27 Feb 2013 17:14:27 +0200 Subject: cfg80211: Extend support for IEEE 802.11r Fast BSS Transition Add NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES to support update of FT IEs to the WLAN driver and NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT to send FT events from the WLAN driver. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE). These changes allow FT to be supported with drivers that use an internal SME instead of user space option (like FT implementation in wpa_supplicant with mac80211-based drivers). Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg --- include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h | 19 +++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 19 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h b/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h index 2c3e88360037..2d0cff57ff89 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h @@ -629,6 +629,14 @@ * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features. * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap. * + * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition + * Information Element to the WLAN driver + * + * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver + * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along + * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report + * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE). + * * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use */ @@ -785,6 +793,9 @@ enum nl80211_commands { NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, + NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES, + NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT, + /* add new commands above here */ /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */ @@ -1396,6 +1407,11 @@ enum nl80211_commands { * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple * messages, given with wiphy dump message * + * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier + * + * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information + * Element + * * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use */ @@ -1688,6 +1704,9 @@ enum nl80211_attrs { NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT, NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK, + NL80211_ATTR_MDID, + NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC, + /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, -- cgit v1.2.3 From bb2798d45fc0575f5d08c0bb7baf4d5d5e8cc0c3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Thomas Pedersen Date: Mon, 4 Mar 2013 13:06:10 -0800 Subject: nl80211: explicit userspace MPM Secure mesh had the implicit requirement that the Mesh Peering Management entity be in userspace. However userspace might want to implement an open MPM as well, so specify a mesh setup parameter to indicate this. Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg --- include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h | 25 ++++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 18 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h b/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h index 2d0cff57ff89..8134c6a96f57 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h @@ -513,9 +513,11 @@ * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer - * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH is set. On - * reception of this notification, userspace may decide to create a new - * station (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from + * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, + * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or + * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this + * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station + * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later * depending on the authentication result. @@ -1199,10 +1201,10 @@ enum nl80211_commands { * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag. - * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as - * defined in &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is - * driving the peer link management state machine. - * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE must be enabled. + * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in + * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link + * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or + * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled. * * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers @@ -2612,6 +2614,9 @@ enum nl80211_meshconf_params { * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default * neighbor offset synchronization * + * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will + * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state. + * * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number * * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use @@ -2624,6 +2629,7 @@ enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params { NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC, + NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM, /* keep last */ __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, @@ -3526,6 +3532,10 @@ enum nl80211_ap_sme_features { * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask. * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set + * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh + * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for + * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is + * still generated by the driver. */ enum nl80211_feature_flags { NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0, @@ -3544,6 +3554,7 @@ enum nl80211_feature_flags { /* bit 13 is reserved */ NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14, NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15, + NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16, }; /** -- cgit v1.2.3 From d37bb18ae3a3fa7ef239aad533742a8b07eae15f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Thomas Pedersen Date: Mon, 4 Mar 2013 13:06:13 -0800 Subject: nl80211: user_mpm overrides auto_open_plinks If the user requested a userspace MPM, automatically disable auto_open_plinks to fully disable the kernel MPM. Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg --- include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h | 6 ++++-- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h b/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h index 8134c6a96f57..79da8710448e 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h @@ -2467,8 +2467,10 @@ enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode { * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh * point. * - * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically - * open peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. + * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open + * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if + * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are + * set. * * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path -- cgit v1.2.3 From 6906f4ed6f85b2d72fd944e15da6a905fdde8b40 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Wed, 6 Mar 2013 06:49:21 +0000 Subject: htb: add HTB_DIRECT_QLEN attribute HTB uses an internal pfifo queue, which limit is not reported to userland tools (tc), and value inherited from device tx_queue_len at setup time. Introduce TCA_HTB_DIRECT_QLEN attribute to allow finer control. Remove two obsolete pr_err() calls as well. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/pkt_sched.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/pkt_sched.h b/include/uapi/linux/pkt_sched.h index 32aef0a439ef..dbd71b0c7d8c 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/pkt_sched.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/pkt_sched.h @@ -348,6 +348,7 @@ enum { TCA_HTB_INIT, TCA_HTB_CTAB, TCA_HTB_RTAB, + TCA_HTB_DIRECT_QLEN, __TCA_HTB_MAX, }; -- cgit v1.2.3 From c031e234ee304b507b79f76a7677ea0a7a8890e8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Andy King Date: Thu, 7 Mar 2013 05:26:13 +0000 Subject: VSOCK: Split vm_sockets.h into kernel/uapi Split the vSockets header into kernel and UAPI parts. The former gets the bits that used to be in __KERNEL__ guards, while the latter gets everything that is user-visible. Tested by compiling vsock (+transport) and a simple user-mode vSockets application. Reported-by: David Howells Acked-by: Dmitry Torokhov Signed-off-by: Andy King Acked-by: David Howells Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/vm_sockets.h | 23 ++++++++--------------- 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+), 15 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/vm_sockets.h b/include/uapi/linux/vm_sockets.h index df91301847ec..b4ed5d895699 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/vm_sockets.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/vm_sockets.h @@ -13,12 +13,10 @@ * more details. */ -#ifndef _VM_SOCKETS_H_ -#define _VM_SOCKETS_H_ +#ifndef _UAPI_VM_SOCKETS_H +#define _UAPI_VM_SOCKETS_H -#if !defined(__KERNEL__) -#include -#endif +#include /* Option name for STREAM socket buffer size. Use as the option name in * setsockopt(3) or getsockopt(3) to set or get an unsigned long long that @@ -137,14 +135,13 @@ #define VM_SOCKETS_VERSION_MINOR(_v) (((_v) & 0x0000FFFF)) /* Address structure for vSockets. The address family should be set to - * whatever vmci_sock_get_af_value_fd() returns. The structure members should - * all align on their natural boundaries without resorting to compiler packing - * directives. The total size of this structure should be exactly the same as - * that of struct sockaddr. + * AF_VSOCK. The structure members should all align on their natural + * boundaries without resorting to compiler packing directives. The total size + * of this structure should be exactly the same as that of struct sockaddr. */ struct sockaddr_vm { - sa_family_t svm_family; + __kernel_sa_family_t svm_family; unsigned short svm_reserved1; unsigned int svm_port; unsigned int svm_cid; @@ -156,8 +153,4 @@ struct sockaddr_vm { #define IOCTL_VM_SOCKETS_GET_LOCAL_CID _IO(7, 0xb9) -#if defined(__KERNEL__) -int vm_sockets_get_local_cid(void); -#endif - -#endif +#endif /* _UAPI_VM_SOCKETS_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 26fd76cab2e61cedc5c25f7151fb31b57ddc53c7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Samuel Ortiz Date: Fri, 22 Feb 2013 10:53:25 +0100 Subject: NFC: llcp: Implement socket options Some LLCP services (e.g. the validation ones) require some control over the LLCP link parameters like the receive window (RW) or the MIU extension (MIUX). This can only be done through socket options. Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz --- include/uapi/linux/nfc.h | 4 ++++ 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/nfc.h b/include/uapi/linux/nfc.h index 7969f46f1bb3..855630fe731d 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/nfc.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/nfc.h @@ -220,4 +220,8 @@ struct sockaddr_nfc_llcp { #define NFC_LLCP_DIRECTION_RX 0x00 #define NFC_LLCP_DIRECTION_TX 0x01 +/* socket option names */ +#define NFC_LLCP_RW 0 +#define NFC_LLCP_MIUX 1 + #endif /*__LINUX_NFC_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From d9b8d8e19b073096d3609bbd60f82148d128b555 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Thierry Escande Date: Fri, 15 Feb 2013 10:43:06 +0100 Subject: NFC: llcp: Service Name Lookup netlink interface This adds a netlink interface for service name lookup support. Multiple URIs can be passed nested into the NFC_ATTR_LLC_SDP attribute using the NFC_CMD_LLC_SDREQ netlink command. When the SNL reply is received, a NFC_EVENT_LLC_SDRES event is sent to the user space. URI and SAP tuples are passed back, nested into NFC_ATTR_LLC_SDP attribute. Signed-off-by: Thierry Escande Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz --- include/uapi/linux/nfc.h | 12 ++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 12 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/nfc.h b/include/uapi/linux/nfc.h index 855630fe731d..7440bc81a04b 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/nfc.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/nfc.h @@ -90,6 +90,8 @@ enum nfc_commands { NFC_CMD_LLC_SET_PARAMS, NFC_CMD_ENABLE_SE, NFC_CMD_DISABLE_SE, + NFC_CMD_LLC_SDREQ, + NFC_EVENT_LLC_SDRES, /* private: internal use only */ __NFC_CMD_AFTER_LAST }; @@ -140,11 +142,21 @@ enum nfc_attrs { NFC_ATTR_LLC_PARAM_RW, NFC_ATTR_LLC_PARAM_MIUX, NFC_ATTR_SE, + NFC_ATTR_LLC_SDP, /* private: internal use only */ __NFC_ATTR_AFTER_LAST }; #define NFC_ATTR_MAX (__NFC_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1) +enum nfc_sdp_attr { + NFC_SDP_ATTR_UNSPEC, + NFC_SDP_ATTR_URI, + NFC_SDP_ATTR_SAP, +/* private: internal use only */ + __NFC_SDP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST +}; +#define NFC_SDP_ATTR_MAX (__NFC_SDP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1) + #define NFC_DEVICE_NAME_MAXSIZE 8 #define NFC_NFCID1_MAXSIZE 10 #define NFC_SENSB_RES_MAXSIZE 12 -- cgit v1.2.3 From dad9f8972e04cd081a028d8fb1249d746d97fc03 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vijay Mohan Pandarathil Date: Mon, 11 Mar 2013 09:31:22 -0600 Subject: VFIO-AER: Vfio-pci driver changes for supporting AER - New VFIO_SET_IRQ ioctl option to pass the eventfd that is signaled when an error occurs in the vfio_pci_device - Register pci_error_handler for the vfio_pci driver - When the device encounters an error, the error handler registered by the vfio_pci driver gets invoked by the AER infrastructure - In the error handler, signal the eventfd registered for the device. - This results in the qemu eventfd handler getting invoked and appropriate action taken for the guest. Signed-off-by: Vijay Mohan Pandarathil Signed-off-by: Alex Williamson --- include/uapi/linux/vfio.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/vfio.h b/include/uapi/linux/vfio.h index 4f41f309911e..284ff2436829 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/vfio.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/vfio.h @@ -319,6 +319,7 @@ enum { VFIO_PCI_INTX_IRQ_INDEX, VFIO_PCI_MSI_IRQ_INDEX, VFIO_PCI_MSIX_IRQ_INDEX, + VFIO_PCI_ERR_IRQ_INDEX, VFIO_PCI_NUM_IRQS }; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 6ba8a3b19e764b6a65e4030ab0999be50c291e6c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nandita Dukkipati Date: Mon, 11 Mar 2013 10:00:43 +0000 Subject: tcp: Tail loss probe (TLP) This patch series implement the Tail loss probe (TLP) algorithm described in http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-dukkipati-tcpm-tcp-loss-probe-01. The first patch implements the basic algorithm. TLP's goal is to reduce tail latency of short transactions. It achieves this by converting retransmission timeouts (RTOs) occuring due to tail losses (losses at end of transactions) into fast recovery. TLP transmits one packet in two round-trips when a connection is in Open state and isn't receiving any ACKs. The transmitted packet, aka loss probe, can be either new or a retransmission. When there is tail loss, the ACK from a loss probe triggers FACK/early-retransmit based fast recovery, thus avoiding a costly RTO. In the absence of loss, there is no change in the connection state. PTO stands for probe timeout. It is a timer event indicating that an ACK is overdue and triggers a loss probe packet. The PTO value is set to max(2*SRTT, 10ms) and is adjusted to account for delayed ACK timer when there is only one oustanding packet. TLP Algorithm On transmission of new data in Open state: -> packets_out > 1: schedule PTO in max(2*SRTT, 10ms). -> packets_out == 1: schedule PTO in max(2*RTT, 1.5*RTT + 200ms) -> PTO = min(PTO, RTO) Conditions for scheduling PTO: -> Connection is in Open state. -> Connection is either cwnd limited or no new data to send. -> Number of probes per tail loss episode is limited to one. -> Connection is SACK enabled. When PTO fires: new_segment_exists: -> transmit new segment. -> packets_out++. cwnd remains same. no_new_packet: -> retransmit the last segment. Its ACK triggers FACK or early retransmit based recovery. ACK path: -> rearm RTO at start of ACK processing. -> reschedule PTO if need be. In addition, the patch includes a small variation to the Early Retransmit (ER) algorithm, such that ER and TLP together can in principle recover any N-degree of tail loss through fast recovery. TLP is controlled by the same sysctl as ER, tcp_early_retrans sysctl. tcp_early_retrans==0; disables TLP and ER. ==1; enables RFC5827 ER. ==2; delayed ER. ==3; TLP and delayed ER. [DEFAULT] ==4; TLP only. The TLP patch series have been extensively tested on Google Web servers. It is most effective for short Web trasactions, where it reduced RTOs by 15% and improved HTTP response time (average by 6%, 99th percentile by 10%). The transmitted probes account for <0.5% of the overall transmissions. Signed-off-by: Nandita Dukkipati Acked-by: Neal Cardwell Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/snmp.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/snmp.h b/include/uapi/linux/snmp.h index b49eab89c9fd..290bed6b085f 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/snmp.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/snmp.h @@ -202,6 +202,7 @@ enum LINUX_MIB_TCPFORWARDRETRANS, /* TCPForwardRetrans */ LINUX_MIB_TCPSLOWSTARTRETRANS, /* TCPSlowStartRetrans */ LINUX_MIB_TCPTIMEOUTS, /* TCPTimeouts */ + LINUX_MIB_TCPLOSSPROBES, /* TCPLossProbes */ LINUX_MIB_TCPRENORECOVERYFAIL, /* TCPRenoRecoveryFail */ LINUX_MIB_TCPSACKRECOVERYFAIL, /* TCPSackRecoveryFail */ LINUX_MIB_TCPSCHEDULERFAILED, /* TCPSchedulerFailed */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 9b717a8d245075ffb8e95a2dfb4ee97ce4747457 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nandita Dukkipati Date: Mon, 11 Mar 2013 10:00:44 +0000 Subject: tcp: TLP loss detection. This is the second of the TLP patch series; it augments the basic TLP algorithm with a loss detection scheme. This patch implements a mechanism for loss detection when a Tail loss probe retransmission plugs a hole thereby masking packet loss from the sender. The loss detection algorithm relies on counting TLP dupacks as outlined in Sec. 3 of: http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-dukkipati-tcpm-tcp-loss-probe-01 The basic idea is: Sender keeps track of TLP "episode" upon retransmission of a TLP packet. An episode ends when the sender receives an ACK above the SND.NXT (tracked by tlp_high_seq) at the time of the episode. We want to make sure that before the episode ends the sender receives a "TLP dupack", indicating that the TLP retransmission was unnecessary, so there was no loss/hole that needed plugging. If the sender gets no TLP dupack before the end of the episode, then it reduces ssthresh and the congestion window, because the TLP packet arriving at the receiver probably plugged a hole. Signed-off-by: Nandita Dukkipati Acked-by: Neal Cardwell Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/snmp.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/snmp.h b/include/uapi/linux/snmp.h index 290bed6b085f..e00013a1debc 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/snmp.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/snmp.h @@ -203,6 +203,7 @@ enum LINUX_MIB_TCPSLOWSTARTRETRANS, /* TCPSlowStartRetrans */ LINUX_MIB_TCPTIMEOUTS, /* TCPTimeouts */ LINUX_MIB_TCPLOSSPROBES, /* TCPLossProbes */ + LINUX_MIB_TCPLOSSPROBERECOVERY, /* TCPLossProbeRecovery */ LINUX_MIB_TCPRENORECOVERYFAIL, /* TCPRenoRecoveryFail */ LINUX_MIB_TCPSACKRECOVERYFAIL, /* TCPSackRecoveryFail */ LINUX_MIB_TCPSCHEDULERFAILED, /* TCPSchedulerFailed */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 5a1bbf21325bd4f2641f6141fb8c47f6095578dd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Dmitry Torokhov Date: Sat, 2 Feb 2013 11:53:47 -0800 Subject: Input: add new keycodes for passenger control units Entertainment systems used in aircraft need additional keycodes for their Passenger Control Units, so let's add them. Signed-off-by: Dmitry Torokhov --- include/uapi/linux/input.h | 5 +++++ 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/input.h b/include/uapi/linux/input.h index 558828590a69..6e4e3c6b3961 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/input.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/input.h @@ -702,6 +702,11 @@ struct input_keymap_entry { #define KEY_CAMERA_LEFT 0x219 #define KEY_CAMERA_RIGHT 0x21a +#define KEY_ATTENDANT_ON 0x21b +#define KEY_ATTENDANT_OFF 0x21c +#define KEY_ATTENDANT_TOGGLE 0x21d /* Attendant call on or off */ +#define KEY_LIGHTS_TOGGLE 0x21e /* Reading light on or off */ + #define BTN_TRIGGER_HAPPY 0x2c0 #define BTN_TRIGGER_HAPPY1 0x2c0 #define BTN_TRIGGER_HAPPY2 0x2c1 -- cgit v1.2.3 From 96dd86fa588169b745a71aedf2070e80f4943623 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "K. Y. Srinivasan" Date: Fri, 15 Mar 2013 12:30:06 -0700 Subject: Drivers: hv: Add a new driver to support host initiated backup This driver supports host initiated backup of the guest. On Windows guests, the host can generate application consistent backups using the Windows VSS framework. On Linux, we ensure that the backup will be file system consistent. This driver allows the host to initiate a "Freeze" operation on all the mounted file systems in the guest. Once the mounted file systems in the guest are frozen, the host snapshots the guest's file systems. Once this is done, the guest's file systems are "thawed". This driver has a user-level component (daemon) that invokes the appropriate operation on all the mounted file systems in response to the requests from the host. The duration for which the guest is frozen is very short - a few seconds. During this interval, the diff disk is comitted. In this version of the patch I have addressed the feedback from Olaf Herring. Also, some of the connector related issues have been fixed. Signed-off-by: K. Y. Srinivasan Reviewed-by: Haiyang Zhang Cc: Evgeniy Polyakov Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/uapi/linux/connector.h | 5 ++++- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/connector.h b/include/uapi/linux/connector.h index 8761a0349c74..4cb283505e45 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/connector.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/connector.h @@ -44,8 +44,11 @@ #define CN_VAL_DRBD 0x1 #define CN_KVP_IDX 0x9 /* HyperV KVP */ #define CN_KVP_VAL 0x1 /* queries from the kernel */ +#define CN_VSS_IDX 0xA /* HyperV VSS */ +#define CN_VSS_VAL 0x1 /* queries from the kernel */ -#define CN_NETLINK_USERS 10 /* Highest index + 1 */ + +#define CN_NETLINK_USERS 11 /* Highest index + 1 */ /* * Maximum connector's message size. -- cgit v1.2.3 From 6681712d67eef14c4ce793561c3231659153a320 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: David Stevens Date: Fri, 15 Mar 2013 04:35:51 +0000 Subject: vxlan: generalize forwarding tables This patch generalizes VXLAN forwarding table entries allowing an administrator to: 1) specify multiple destinations for a given MAC 2) specify alternate vni's in the VXLAN header 3) specify alternate destination UDP ports 4) use multicast MAC addresses as fdb lookup keys 5) specify multicast destinations 6) specify the outgoing interface for forwarded packets The combination allows configuration of more complex topologies using VXLAN encapsulation. Changes since v1: rebase to 3.9.0-rc2 Signed-Off-By: David L Stevens Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/neighbour.h | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/neighbour.h b/include/uapi/linux/neighbour.h index adb068c53c4e..f175212420ab 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/neighbour.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/neighbour.h @@ -21,6 +21,9 @@ enum { NDA_CACHEINFO, NDA_PROBES, NDA_VLAN, + NDA_PORT, + NDA_VNI, + NDA_IFINDEX, __NDA_MAX }; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 1a2c6181c4a1922021b4d7df373bba612c3e5f04 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Christoph Paasch Date: Sun, 17 Mar 2013 08:23:34 +0000 Subject: tcp: Remove TCPCT TCPCT uses option-number 253, reserved for experimental use and should not be used in production environments. Further, TCPCT does not fully implement RFC 6013. As a nice side-effect, removing TCPCT increases TCP's performance for very short flows: Doing an apache-benchmark with -c 100 -n 100000, sending HTTP-requests for files of 1KB size. before this patch: average (among 7 runs) of 20845.5 Requests/Second after: average (among 7 runs) of 21403.6 Requests/Second Signed-off-by: Christoph Paasch Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/tcp.h | 26 -------------------------- 1 file changed, 26 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/tcp.h b/include/uapi/linux/tcp.h index 6b1ead0b0c9d..8d776ebc4829 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/tcp.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/tcp.h @@ -102,7 +102,6 @@ enum { #define TCP_QUICKACK 12 /* Block/reenable quick acks */ #define TCP_CONGESTION 13 /* Congestion control algorithm */ #define TCP_MD5SIG 14 /* TCP MD5 Signature (RFC2385) */ -#define TCP_COOKIE_TRANSACTIONS 15 /* TCP Cookie Transactions */ #define TCP_THIN_LINEAR_TIMEOUTS 16 /* Use linear timeouts for thin streams*/ #define TCP_THIN_DUPACK 17 /* Fast retrans. after 1 dupack */ #define TCP_USER_TIMEOUT 18 /* How long for loss retry before timeout */ @@ -199,29 +198,4 @@ struct tcp_md5sig { __u8 tcpm_key[TCP_MD5SIG_MAXKEYLEN]; /* key (binary) */ }; -/* for TCP_COOKIE_TRANSACTIONS (TCPCT) socket option */ -#define TCP_COOKIE_MIN 8 /* 64-bits */ -#define TCP_COOKIE_MAX 16 /* 128-bits */ -#define TCP_COOKIE_PAIR_SIZE (2*TCP_COOKIE_MAX) - -/* Flags for both getsockopt and setsockopt */ -#define TCP_COOKIE_IN_ALWAYS (1 << 0) /* Discard SYN without cookie */ -#define TCP_COOKIE_OUT_NEVER (1 << 1) /* Prohibit outgoing cookies, - * supercedes everything. */ - -/* Flags for getsockopt */ -#define TCP_S_DATA_IN (1 << 2) /* Was data received? */ -#define TCP_S_DATA_OUT (1 << 3) /* Was data sent? */ - -/* TCP_COOKIE_TRANSACTIONS data */ -struct tcp_cookie_transactions { - __u16 tcpct_flags; /* see above */ - __u8 __tcpct_pad1; /* zero */ - __u8 tcpct_cookie_desired; /* bytes */ - __u16 tcpct_s_data_desired; /* bytes of variable data */ - __u16 tcpct_used; /* bytes in value */ - __u8 tcpct_value[TCP_MSS_DEFAULT]; -}; - - #endif /* _UAPI_LINUX_TCP_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 77f65ebdca506870d99bfabe52bde222511022ec Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Willem de Bruijn Date: Tue, 19 Mar 2013 10:18:11 +0000 Subject: packet: packet fanout rollover during socket overload Changes: v3->v2: rebase (no other changes) passes selftest v2->v1: read f->num_members only once fix bug: test rollover mode + flag Minimize packet drop in a fanout group. If one socket is full, roll over packets to another from the group. Maintain flow affinity during normal load using an rxhash fanout policy, while dispersing unexpected traffic storms that hit a single cpu, such as spoofed-source DoS flows. Rollover breaks affinity for flows arriving at saturated sockets during those conditions. The patch adds a fanout policy ROLLOVER that rotates between sockets, filling each socket before moving to the next. It also adds a fanout flag ROLLOVER. If passed along with any other fanout policy, the primary policy is applied until the chosen socket is full. Then, rollover selects another socket, to delay packet drop until the entire system is saturated. Probing sockets is not free. Selecting the last used socket, as rollover does, is a greedy approach that maximizes chance of success, at the cost of extreme load imbalance. In practice, with sufficiently long queues to absorb bursts, sockets are drained in parallel and load balance looks uniform in `top`. To avoid contention, scales counters with number of sockets and accesses them lockfree. Values are bounds checked to ensure correctness. Tested using an application with 9 threads pinned to CPUs, one socket per thread and sufficient busywork per packet operation to limits each thread to handling 32 Kpps. When sent 500 Kpps single UDP stream packets, a FANOUT_CPU setup processes 32 Kpps in total without this patch, 270 Kpps with the patch. Tested with read() and with a packet ring (V1). Also, passes psock_fanout.c unit test added to selftests. Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/if_packet.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/if_packet.h b/include/uapi/linux/if_packet.h index f9a60375f0d0..8136658ea477 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/if_packet.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/if_packet.h @@ -55,6 +55,8 @@ struct sockaddr_ll { #define PACKET_FANOUT_HASH 0 #define PACKET_FANOUT_LB 1 #define PACKET_FANOUT_CPU 2 +#define PACKET_FANOUT_ROLLOVER 3 +#define PACKET_FANOUT_FLAG_ROLLOVER 0x1000 #define PACKET_FANOUT_FLAG_DEFRAG 0x8000 struct tpacket_stats { -- cgit v1.2.3 From cee7e443344a3845e5b9111614b41e0b1afb60ce Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jarkko Sakkinen Date: Tue, 6 Nov 2012 10:17:49 +0200 Subject: smack: SMACK_MAGIC to include/uapi/linux/magic.h SMACK_MAGIC moved to a proper place for easy user space access (i.e. libsmack). Signed-off-by: Jarkko Sakkinen --- include/uapi/linux/magic.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/magic.h b/include/uapi/linux/magic.h index 873e086ce3a1..249df3720be2 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/magic.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/magic.h @@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ #define DEBUGFS_MAGIC 0x64626720 #define SECURITYFS_MAGIC 0x73636673 #define SELINUX_MAGIC 0xf97cff8c +#define SMACK_MAGIC 0x43415d53 /* "SMAC" */ #define RAMFS_MAGIC 0x858458f6 /* some random number */ #define TMPFS_MAGIC 0x01021994 #define HUGETLBFS_MAGIC 0x958458f6 /* some random number */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 0d2e1a2926b1839a4b74519e660739b2566c9386 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Erwan Yvin Date: Wed, 20 Mar 2013 13:52:24 +1030 Subject: caif_virtio: Introduce caif over virtio Add the CAIF Virtio shared memory driver for talking to a modem. This CAIF Link layer communicates to the modem over shared memory. It is implemented as a virtio_driver. The underlying virtio device is managed by the remoteproc framework. The Virtio queue is used for transmitting data to the modem, and the new vringh is used for receiving data. Genalloc is used for managing the shared memory used for TX data. The default dma-alloc-coherent allocator can only allocate whole pages, and this wastes too much shared memory. Flow control is implemented by stopping the TX-queues if the virtio queues go full or we run out of memory. Queued are reopened when queues are below the watermark. NAPI is used in RX path, and a dedicated tasklet is used for releasing TX buffers. Signed-off-by: Erwan Yvin Acked-by: David S. Miller Signed-off-by: Rusty Russell (minor fixes) --- include/uapi/linux/virtio_ids.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/virtio_ids.h b/include/uapi/linux/virtio_ids.h index a7630d04029f..284fc3a05f7b 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/virtio_ids.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/virtio_ids.h @@ -38,5 +38,6 @@ #define VIRTIO_ID_SCSI 8 /* virtio scsi */ #define VIRTIO_ID_9P 9 /* 9p virtio console */ #define VIRTIO_ID_RPROC_SERIAL 11 /* virtio remoteproc serial link */ +#define VIRTIO_ID_CAIF 12 /* Virtio caif */ #endif /* _LINUX_VIRTIO_IDS_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 3e5289d5e3f98b7b5b8cac32e9e5a7004c067436 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Daniel Borkmann Date: Tue, 19 Mar 2013 06:39:31 +0000 Subject: filter: add ANC_PAY_OFFSET instruction for loading payload start offset It is very useful to do dynamic truncation of packets. In particular, we're interested to push the necessary header bytes to the user space and cut off user payload that should probably not be transferred for some reasons (e.g. privacy, speed, or others). With the ancillary extension PAY_OFFSET, we can load it into the accumulator, and return it. E.g. in bpfc syntax ... ld #poff ; { 0x20, 0, 0, 0xfffff034 }, ret a ; { 0x16, 0, 0, 0x00000000 }, ... as a filter will accomplish this without having to do a big hackery in a BPF filter itself. Follow-up JIT implementations are welcome. Thanks to Eric Dumazet for suggesting and discussing this during the Netfilter Workshop in Copenhagen. Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann Acked-by: Eric Dumazet Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/filter.h | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/filter.h b/include/uapi/linux/filter.h index 9cfde6941099..8eb9ccaa5b48 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/filter.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/filter.h @@ -129,7 +129,8 @@ struct sock_fprog { /* Required for SO_ATTACH_FILTER. */ #define SKF_AD_ALU_XOR_X 40 #define SKF_AD_VLAN_TAG 44 #define SKF_AD_VLAN_TAG_PRESENT 48 -#define SKF_AD_MAX 52 +#define SKF_AD_PAY_OFFSET 52 +#define SKF_AD_MAX 56 #define SKF_NET_OFF (-0x100000) #define SKF_LL_OFF (-0x200000) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 2b5faa4c553f90ee2dde1d976b220b1ca9741ef0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jesper Derehag Date: Tue, 19 Mar 2013 20:50:05 +0000 Subject: connector: Added coredumping event to the process connector Process connector can now also detect coredumping events. Main aim of patch is get notified at start of coredumping, instead of having to wait for it to finish and then being notified through EXIT event. Could be used for instance by process-managers that want to get notified as soon as possible about process failures, and not necessarily beeing notified after coredump, which could be in the order of minutes depending on size of coredump, piping and so on. Signed-off-by: Jesper Derehag Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/cn_proc.h | 10 +++++++++- 1 file changed, 9 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/cn_proc.h b/include/uapi/linux/cn_proc.h index 0d7b49973bb3..f6c271035bbd 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/cn_proc.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/cn_proc.h @@ -56,7 +56,9 @@ struct proc_event { PROC_EVENT_PTRACE = 0x00000100, PROC_EVENT_COMM = 0x00000200, /* "next" should be 0x00000400 */ - /* "last" is the last process event: exit */ + /* "last" is the last process event: exit, + * while "next to last" is coredumping event */ + PROC_EVENT_COREDUMP = 0x40000000, PROC_EVENT_EXIT = 0x80000000 } what; __u32 cpu; @@ -110,11 +112,17 @@ struct proc_event { char comm[16]; } comm; + struct coredump_proc_event { + __kernel_pid_t process_pid; + __kernel_pid_t process_tgid; + } coredump; + struct exit_proc_event { __kernel_pid_t process_pid; __kernel_pid_t process_tgid; __u32 exit_code, exit_signal; } exit; + } event_data; }; -- cgit v1.2.3 From eaaa31392690c7609f7afeec5ba38a79d009842d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Andrey Vagin Date: Thu, 21 Mar 2013 20:33:48 +0400 Subject: netlink: Diag core and basic socket info dumping (v2) The netlink_diag can be built as a module, just like it's done in unix sockets. The core dumping message carries the basic info about netlink sockets: family, type and protocol, portis, dst_group, dst_portid, state. Groups can be received as an optional parameter NETLINK_DIAG_GROUPS. Netlink sockets cab be filtered by protocols. The socket inode number and cookie is reserved for future per-socket info retrieving. The per-protocol filtering is also reserved for future by requiring the sdiag_protocol to be zero. The file /proc/net/netlink doesn't provide enough information for dumping netlink sockets. It doesn't provide dst_group, dst_portid, groups above 32. v2: fix NETLINK_DIAG_MAX. Now it's equal to the last constant. Acked-by: Pavel Emelyanov Cc: "David S. Miller" Cc: Eric Dumazet Cc: Pablo Neira Ayuso Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" Cc: Gao feng Cc: Thomas Graf Signed-off-by: Andrey Vagin Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/netlink_diag.h | 42 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 42 insertions(+) create mode 100644 include/uapi/linux/netlink_diag.h (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/netlink_diag.h b/include/uapi/linux/netlink_diag.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..88009a31cd06 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/uapi/linux/netlink_diag.h @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +#ifndef __NETLINK_DIAG_H__ +#define __NETLINK_DIAG_H__ + +#include + +struct netlink_diag_req { + __u8 sdiag_family; + __u8 sdiag_protocol; + __u16 pad; + __u32 ndiag_ino; + __u32 ndiag_show; + __u32 ndiag_cookie[2]; +}; + +struct netlink_diag_msg { + __u8 ndiag_family; + __u8 ndiag_type; + __u8 ndiag_protocol; + __u8 ndiag_state; + + __u32 ndiag_portid; + __u32 ndiag_dst_portid; + __u32 ndiag_dst_group; + __u32 ndiag_ino; + __u32 ndiag_cookie[2]; +}; + +enum { + NETLINK_DIAG_MEMINFO, + NETLINK_DIAG_GROUPS, + + __NETLINK_DIAG_MAX, +}; + +#define NETLINK_DIAG_MAX (__NETLINK_DIAG_MAX - 1) + +#define NDIAG_PROTO_ALL ((__u8) ~0) + +#define NDIAG_SHOW_MEMINFO 0x00000001 /* show memory info of a socket */ +#define NDIAG_SHOW_GROUPS 0x00000002 /* show groups of a netlink socket */ + +#endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From e64171b97b88a1adf297d429826fdbb9e232ab53 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Manjunath Hadli Date: Thu, 7 Feb 2013 13:48:51 -0300 Subject: [media] media: add support for decoder as one of media entity types A lot of SOCs including Texas Instruments Davinci family mainly use video decoders as input devices. This patch adds a flag 'MEDIA_ENT_T_V4L2_SUBDEV_DECODER' media entity type for decoder's. Along side updates the documentation for this media entity type. Signed-off-by: Manjunath Hadli Signed-off-by: Lad, Prabhakar Reviewed-by: Sylwester Nawrocki Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/uapi/linux/media.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/media.h b/include/uapi/linux/media.h index 0ef883327de2..ed49574ad757 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/media.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/media.h @@ -56,6 +56,8 @@ struct media_device_info { #define MEDIA_ENT_T_V4L2_SUBDEV_SENSOR (MEDIA_ENT_T_V4L2_SUBDEV + 1) #define MEDIA_ENT_T_V4L2_SUBDEV_FLASH (MEDIA_ENT_T_V4L2_SUBDEV + 2) #define MEDIA_ENT_T_V4L2_SUBDEV_LENS (MEDIA_ENT_T_V4L2_SUBDEV + 3) +/* A converter of analogue video to its digital representation. */ +#define MEDIA_ENT_T_V4L2_SUBDEV_DECODER (MEDIA_ENT_T_V4L2_SUBDEV + 4) #define MEDIA_ENT_FL_DEFAULT (1 << 0) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 1ff3c9677bff7e468e0c487d0ffefe4e901d33f4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: John Stultz Date: Thu, 3 May 2012 12:43:40 -0700 Subject: timekeeping: Add CLOCK_TAI clockid This add a CLOCK_TAI clockid and the needed accessors. CC: Thomas Gleixner CC: Eric Dumazet CC: Richard Cochran Signed-off-by: John Stultz --- include/uapi/linux/time.h | 6 ++---- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/time.h b/include/uapi/linux/time.h index 0d3c0edc3eda..e75e1b6ff27f 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/time.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/time.h @@ -54,11 +54,9 @@ struct itimerval { #define CLOCK_BOOTTIME 7 #define CLOCK_REALTIME_ALARM 8 #define CLOCK_BOOTTIME_ALARM 9 +#define CLOCK_SGI_CYCLE 10 /* Hardware specific */ +#define CLOCK_TAI 11 -/* - * The IDs of various hardware clocks: - */ -#define CLOCK_SGI_CYCLE 10 #define MAX_CLOCKS 16 #define CLOCKS_MASK (CLOCK_REALTIME | CLOCK_MONOTONIC) #define CLOCKS_MONO CLOCK_MONOTONIC -- cgit v1.2.3 From 9ca5470cc1433200698a43de2d6e683815e536e6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Hans Verkuil Date: Sun, 17 Mar 2013 10:34:04 -0300 Subject: [media] v4l2-ctrls: add V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_REPEAT_SEQ_HEADER control Control whether video sequence headers should be repeated. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/uapi/linux/v4l2-controls.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-controls.h b/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-controls.h index 7eab0b91827b..844dc0205037 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-controls.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-controls.h @@ -360,6 +360,7 @@ enum v4l2_mpeg_video_multi_slice_mode { #define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_DEC_PTS (V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+223) #define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_DEC_FRAME (V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+224) #define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VBV_DELAY (V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+225) +#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_REPEAT_SEQ_HEADER (V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+226) #define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H263_I_FRAME_QP (V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+300) #define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H263_P_FRAME_QP (V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+301) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 81b8cd9284945a323009482418c3d80de1d59d25 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Hans Verkuil Date: Fri, 15 Feb 2013 15:22:56 -0300 Subject: [media] videodev2.h: remove obsolete DV_PRESET API This API is now obsolete and can be removed. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h | 54 ------------------------------------------ 1 file changed, 54 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h b/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h index b5f5cddcf1c3..9d57dba27412 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h @@ -981,52 +981,6 @@ struct v4l2_standard { __u32 reserved[4]; }; -/* The DV Preset API is deprecated in favor of the DV Timings API. - New drivers shouldn't use this anymore! */ - -/* - * V I D E O T I M I N G S D V P R E S E T - */ -struct v4l2_dv_preset { - __u32 preset; - __u32 reserved[4]; -}; - -/* - * D V P R E S E T S E N U M E R A T I O N - */ -struct v4l2_dv_enum_preset { - __u32 index; - __u32 preset; - __u8 name[32]; /* Name of the preset timing */ - __u32 width; - __u32 height; - __u32 reserved[4]; -}; - -/* - * D V P R E S E T V A L U E S - */ -#define V4L2_DV_INVALID 0 -#define V4L2_DV_480P59_94 1 /* BT.1362 */ -#define V4L2_DV_576P50 2 /* BT.1362 */ -#define V4L2_DV_720P24 3 /* SMPTE 296M */ -#define V4L2_DV_720P25 4 /* SMPTE 296M */ -#define V4L2_DV_720P30 5 /* SMPTE 296M */ -#define V4L2_DV_720P50 6 /* SMPTE 296M */ -#define V4L2_DV_720P59_94 7 /* SMPTE 274M */ -#define V4L2_DV_720P60 8 /* SMPTE 274M/296M */ -#define V4L2_DV_1080I29_97 9 /* BT.1120/ SMPTE 274M */ -#define V4L2_DV_1080I30 10 /* BT.1120/ SMPTE 274M */ -#define V4L2_DV_1080I25 11 /* BT.1120 */ -#define V4L2_DV_1080I50 12 /* SMPTE 296M */ -#define V4L2_DV_1080I60 13 /* SMPTE 296M */ -#define V4L2_DV_1080P24 14 /* SMPTE 296M */ -#define V4L2_DV_1080P25 15 /* SMPTE 296M */ -#define V4L2_DV_1080P30 16 /* SMPTE 296M */ -#define V4L2_DV_1080P50 17 /* BT.1120 */ -#define V4L2_DV_1080P60 18 /* BT.1120 */ - /* * D V B T T I M I N G S */ @@ -1240,7 +1194,6 @@ struct v4l2_input { #define V4L2_IN_ST_VTR 0x04000000 /* VTR time constant */ /* capabilities flags */ -#define V4L2_IN_CAP_PRESETS 0x00000001 /* Supports S_DV_PRESET */ #define V4L2_IN_CAP_DV_TIMINGS 0x00000002 /* Supports S_DV_TIMINGS */ #define V4L2_IN_CAP_CUSTOM_TIMINGS V4L2_IN_CAP_DV_TIMINGS /* For compatibility */ #define V4L2_IN_CAP_STD 0x00000004 /* Supports S_STD */ @@ -1264,7 +1217,6 @@ struct v4l2_output { #define V4L2_OUTPUT_TYPE_ANALOGVGAOVERLAY 3 /* capabilities flags */ -#define V4L2_OUT_CAP_PRESETS 0x00000001 /* Supports S_DV_PRESET */ #define V4L2_OUT_CAP_DV_TIMINGS 0x00000002 /* Supports S_DV_TIMINGS */ #define V4L2_OUT_CAP_CUSTOM_TIMINGS V4L2_OUT_CAP_DV_TIMINGS /* For compatibility */ #define V4L2_OUT_CAP_STD 0x00000004 /* Supports S_STD */ @@ -1981,12 +1933,6 @@ struct v4l2_create_buffers { #define VIDIOC_S_HW_FREQ_SEEK _IOW('V', 82, struct v4l2_hw_freq_seek) -/* These four DV Preset ioctls are deprecated in favor of the DV Timings - ioctls. */ -#define VIDIOC_ENUM_DV_PRESETS _IOWR('V', 83, struct v4l2_dv_enum_preset) -#define VIDIOC_S_DV_PRESET _IOWR('V', 84, struct v4l2_dv_preset) -#define VIDIOC_G_DV_PRESET _IOWR('V', 85, struct v4l2_dv_preset) -#define VIDIOC_QUERY_DV_PRESET _IOR('V', 86, struct v4l2_dv_preset) #define VIDIOC_S_DV_TIMINGS _IOWR('V', 87, struct v4l2_dv_timings) #define VIDIOC_G_DV_TIMINGS _IOWR('V', 88, struct v4l2_dv_timings) #define VIDIOC_DQEVENT _IOR('V', 89, struct v4l2_event) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 79b0c6400517456935f84f8d46c8bb0cf73f1813 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Hans Verkuil Date: Mon, 18 Mar 2013 12:16:34 -0300 Subject: [media] v4l2: add new VIDIOC_DBG_G_CHIP_NAME ioctl Simplify the debugging ioctls by creating the VIDIOC_DBG_G_CHIP_NAME ioctl. This will eventually replace VIDIOC_DBG_G_CHIP_IDENT. Chip matching is done by the name or index of subdevices or an index to a bridge chip. Most of this can all be done automatically, so most drivers just need to provide get/set register ops. In particular, it is now possible to get/set subdev registers without requiring assistance of the bridge driver. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h | 34 +++++++++++++++++++++++++--------- 1 file changed, 25 insertions(+), 9 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h b/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h index 9d57dba27412..e9c49c5e6416 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h @@ -1807,10 +1807,13 @@ struct v4l2_event_subscription { /* VIDIOC_DBG_G_REGISTER and VIDIOC_DBG_S_REGISTER */ -#define V4L2_CHIP_MATCH_HOST 0 /* Match against chip ID on host (0 for the host) */ -#define V4L2_CHIP_MATCH_I2C_DRIVER 1 /* Match against I2C driver name */ -#define V4L2_CHIP_MATCH_I2C_ADDR 2 /* Match against I2C 7-bit address */ -#define V4L2_CHIP_MATCH_AC97 3 /* Match against anciliary AC97 chip */ +#define V4L2_CHIP_MATCH_BRIDGE 0 /* Match against chip ID on the bridge (0 for the bridge) */ +#define V4L2_CHIP_MATCH_HOST V4L2_CHIP_MATCH_BRIDGE +#define V4L2_CHIP_MATCH_I2C_DRIVER 1 /* Match against I2C driver name */ +#define V4L2_CHIP_MATCH_I2C_ADDR 2 /* Match against I2C 7-bit address */ +#define V4L2_CHIP_MATCH_AC97 3 /* Match against anciliary AC97 chip */ +#define V4L2_CHIP_MATCH_SUBDEV_NAME 4 /* Match against subdev name */ +#define V4L2_CHIP_MATCH_SUBDEV_IDX 5 /* Match against subdev index */ struct v4l2_dbg_match { __u32 type; /* Match type */ @@ -1834,6 +1837,17 @@ struct v4l2_dbg_chip_ident { __u32 revision; /* chip revision, chip specific */ } __attribute__ ((packed)); +#define V4L2_CHIP_FL_READABLE (1 << 0) +#define V4L2_CHIP_FL_WRITABLE (1 << 1) + +/* VIDIOC_DBG_G_CHIP_NAME */ +struct v4l2_dbg_chip_name { + struct v4l2_dbg_match match; + char name[32]; + __u32 flags; + __u32 reserved[8]; +} __attribute__ ((packed)); + /** * struct v4l2_create_buffers - VIDIOC_CREATE_BUFS argument * @index: on return, index of the first created buffer @@ -1911,15 +1925,12 @@ struct v4l2_create_buffers { #define VIDIOC_G_EXT_CTRLS _IOWR('V', 71, struct v4l2_ext_controls) #define VIDIOC_S_EXT_CTRLS _IOWR('V', 72, struct v4l2_ext_controls) #define VIDIOC_TRY_EXT_CTRLS _IOWR('V', 73, struct v4l2_ext_controls) -#if 1 #define VIDIOC_ENUM_FRAMESIZES _IOWR('V', 74, struct v4l2_frmsizeenum) #define VIDIOC_ENUM_FRAMEINTERVALS _IOWR('V', 75, struct v4l2_frmivalenum) #define VIDIOC_G_ENC_INDEX _IOR('V', 76, struct v4l2_enc_idx) #define VIDIOC_ENCODER_CMD _IOWR('V', 77, struct v4l2_encoder_cmd) #define VIDIOC_TRY_ENCODER_CMD _IOWR('V', 78, struct v4l2_encoder_cmd) -#endif -#if 1 /* Experimental, meant for debugging, testing and internal use. Only implemented if CONFIG_VIDEO_ADV_DEBUG is defined. You must be root to use these ioctls. Never use these in applications! */ @@ -1927,9 +1938,10 @@ struct v4l2_create_buffers { #define VIDIOC_DBG_G_REGISTER _IOWR('V', 80, struct v4l2_dbg_register) /* Experimental, meant for debugging, testing and internal use. - Never use this ioctl in applications! */ + Never use this ioctl in applications! + Note: this ioctl is deprecated in favor of VIDIOC_DBG_G_CHIP_NAME and + will go away in the future. */ #define VIDIOC_DBG_G_CHIP_IDENT _IOWR('V', 81, struct v4l2_dbg_chip_ident) -#endif #define VIDIOC_S_HW_FREQ_SEEK _IOW('V', 82, struct v4l2_hw_freq_seek) @@ -1963,6 +1975,10 @@ struct v4l2_create_buffers { versions. */ #define VIDIOC_ENUM_FREQ_BANDS _IOWR('V', 101, struct v4l2_frequency_band) +/* Experimental, meant for debugging, testing and internal use. + Never use these in applications! */ +#define VIDIOC_DBG_G_CHIP_NAME _IOWR('V', 102, struct v4l2_dbg_chip_name) + /* Reminder: when adding new ioctls please add support for them to drivers/media/video/v4l2-compat-ioctl32.c as well! */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 3edce1cf813aa6a087df7730cec0e67d57288300 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: =?UTF-8?q?Bj=C3=B8rn=20Mork?= Date: Sun, 17 Mar 2013 21:00:06 +0100 Subject: USB: cdc-wdm: implement IOCTL_WDM_MAX_COMMAND MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit Userspace applications need to know the maximum supported message size. The cdc-wdm driver translates between a character device stream and a message based protocol. Each message is transported as a usb control message with no further encapsulation or syncronization. Each read or write on the character device should translate to exactly one usb control message to ensure that message boundaries are kept intact. That means that the userspace application must know the maximum message size supported by the device and driver, making this size a vital part of the cdc-wdm character device API. CDC WDM and CDC MBIM functions export the maximum supported message size through CDC functional descriptors. The cdc-wdm and cdc_mbim drivers will parse these descriptors and use the value chosen by the device. The only current way for a userspace application to retrive the value is by duplicating the descriptor parsing. This is an unnecessary complex task, and application writers are likely to postpone it, using a fixed value and adding a "todo" item. QMI functions have no way to tell the host what message size they support. The qmi_wwan driver use a fixed value based on protocol recommendations and observed device behaviour. Userspace applications must know and hard code the same value. This scheme will break if we ever encounter a QMI device needing a device specific message size quirk. We are currently unable to support such a device because using a non default size would break the implicit userspace API. The message size is currently a hidden attribute of the cdc-wdm userspace API. Retrieving it is unnecessarily complex, increasing the possibility of drivers and applications using different limits. The resulting errors are hard to debug, and can only be replicated on identical hardware. Exporting the maximum message size from the driver simplifies the task for the userspace application, and creates a unified information source independent of device and function class. It also serves to document that the message size is part of the cdc-wdm userspace API. This proposed API extension has been presented for the authors of userspace applications and libraries using the current API: libmbim, libqmi, uqmi, oFono and ModemManager. The replies were: Aleksander Morgado: "We do really need max message size for MBIM; and as you say, it may be good to have the max message size info also for QMI, so the new ioctl seems a good addition. So +1 from my side, for what it's worth." Dan Williams: "Yeah, +1 here. I'd prefer the sysfs file, but the fact that that doesn't work for fd passing pretty much kills it." No negative replies are so far received. Cc: Aleksander Morgado Cc: Dan Williams Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork Acked-by: Oliver Neukum Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/uapi/linux/usb/cdc-wdm.h | 21 +++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 21 insertions(+) create mode 100644 include/uapi/linux/usb/cdc-wdm.h (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/usb/cdc-wdm.h b/include/uapi/linux/usb/cdc-wdm.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f03134feebd6 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/uapi/linux/usb/cdc-wdm.h @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +/* + * USB CDC Device Management userspace API definitions + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License + * version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation. + */ + +#ifndef _UAPI__LINUX_USB_CDC_WDM_H +#define _UAPI__LINUX_USB_CDC_WDM_H + +/* + * This IOCTL is used to retrieve the wMaxCommand for the device, + * defining the message limit for both reading and writing. + * + * For CDC WDM functions this will be the wMaxCommand field of the + * Device Management Functional Descriptor. + */ +#define IOCTL_WDM_MAX_COMMAND _IOR('H', 0xA0, __u16) + +#endif /* _UAPI__LINUX_USB_CDC_WDM_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From a88b9ce5ad4fc633b159b37d3ed8af60a4008fbc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Hong zhi guo Date: Mon, 25 Mar 2013 19:04:05 +0000 Subject: netlink: remove duplicated NLMSG_ALIGN NLMSG_HDRLEN is already aligned value. It's for directly reference without extra alignment. The redundant alignment here may confuse the API users. Signed-off-by: Hong Zhiguo Acked-by: Thomas Graf Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/netlink.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/netlink.h b/include/uapi/linux/netlink.h index 78d5b8a546d6..32a354f67ba4 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/netlink.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/netlink.h @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ struct nlmsghdr { #define NLMSG_ALIGNTO 4U #define NLMSG_ALIGN(len) ( ((len)+NLMSG_ALIGNTO-1) & ~(NLMSG_ALIGNTO-1) ) #define NLMSG_HDRLEN ((int) NLMSG_ALIGN(sizeof(struct nlmsghdr))) -#define NLMSG_LENGTH(len) ((len)+NLMSG_ALIGN(NLMSG_HDRLEN)) +#define NLMSG_LENGTH(len) ((len) + NLMSG_HDRLEN) #define NLMSG_SPACE(len) NLMSG_ALIGN(NLMSG_LENGTH(len)) #define NLMSG_DATA(nlh) ((void*)(((char*)nlh) + NLMSG_LENGTH(0))) #define NLMSG_NEXT(nlh,len) ((len) -= NLMSG_ALIGN((nlh)->nlmsg_len), \ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 876d6dcdf26a2e860801ec61195e580d03f7b204 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Paul Clothier Date: Tue, 19 Mar 2013 12:04:43 +0000 Subject: metag: ptrace: Implement NT_METAG_TLS Implement functionality to get the TLS pointer for the metag architecture using regsets. This provides multi-threaded debug support for GDB. Signed-off-by: Paul Clothier Signed-off-by: James Hogan --- include/uapi/linux/elf.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/elf.h b/include/uapi/linux/elf.h index 8072d352b98f..ef6103bf1f9b 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/elf.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/elf.h @@ -397,6 +397,7 @@ typedef struct elf64_shdr { #define NT_ARM_HW_WATCH 0x403 /* ARM hardware watchpoint registers */ #define NT_METAG_CBUF 0x500 /* Metag catch buffer registers */ #define NT_METAG_RPIPE 0x501 /* Metag read pipeline state */ +#define NT_METAG_TLS 0x502 /* Metag TLS pointer */ /* Note header in a PT_NOTE section */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From e5c5d22e8dcf7c2d430336cbf8e180bd38e8daf1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Simon Horman Date: Thu, 28 Mar 2013 13:38:25 +0900 Subject: net: add ETH_P_802_3_MIN Add a new constant ETH_P_802_3_MIN, the minimum ethernet type for an 802.3 frame. Frames with a lower value in the ethernet type field are Ethernet II. Also update all the users of this value that David Miller and I could find to use the new constant. Also correct a bug in util.c. The comparison with ETH_P_802_3_MIN should be >= not >. As suggested by Jesse Gross. Compile tested only. Cc: David Miller Cc: Jesse Gross Cc: Karsten Keil Cc: John W. Linville Cc: Johannes Berg Cc: Bart De Schuymer Cc: Stephen Hemminger Cc: Patrick McHardy Cc: Marcel Holtmann Cc: Gustavo Padovan Cc: Johan Hedberg Cc: linux-bluetooth@vger.kernel.org Cc: netfilter-devel@vger.kernel.org Cc: bridge@lists.linux-foundation.org Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org Cc: linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net Cc: linux-media@vger.kernel.org Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org Cc: dev@openvswitch.org Acked-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab Acked-by: Stefan Richter Signed-off-by: Simon Horman Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/if_ether.h | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/if_ether.h b/include/uapi/linux/if_ether.h index 798032d01112..ade07f1c491a 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/if_ether.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/if_ether.h @@ -94,6 +94,9 @@ #define ETH_P_EDSA 0xDADA /* Ethertype DSA [ NOT AN OFFICIALLY REGISTERED ID ] */ #define ETH_P_AF_IUCV 0xFBFB /* IBM af_iucv [ NOT AN OFFICIALLY REGISTERED ID ] */ +#define ETH_P_802_3_MIN 0x0600 /* If the value in the ethernet type is less than this value + * then the frame is Ethernet II. Else it is 802.3 */ + /* * Non DIX types. Won't clash for 1500 types. */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From aec330a8cbd373d78c327201ec28fd5f252f3846 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Andrey Smirnov Date: Tue, 26 Mar 2013 22:47:23 -0300 Subject: [media] v4l2: Add standard controls for FM receivers This commit introduces new class of standard controls V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_FM_RX. This class is intended to all controls pertaining to FM receiver chips. Also, two controls belonging to said class are added as a part of this commit: V4L2_CID_TUNE_DEEMPHASIS and V4L2_CID_RDS_RECEPTION. This patch is based on the code found in the patch by Manjunatha Halli [1] [1] http://lists-archives.com/linux-kernel/27641307-new-control-class-and-features-for-fm-rx.html Acked-by: Hans Verkuil Signed-off-by: Andrey Smirnov Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/uapi/linux/v4l2-controls.h | 13 +++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 13 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-controls.h b/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-controls.h index 844dc0205037..7d2604877a73 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-controls.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-controls.h @@ -59,6 +59,7 @@ #define V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_IMAGE_SOURCE 0x009e0000 /* Image source controls */ #define V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_IMAGE_PROC 0x009f0000 /* Image processing controls */ #define V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_DV 0x00a00000 /* Digital Video controls */ +#define V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_FM_RX 0x00a10000 /* Digital Video controls */ /* User-class control IDs */ @@ -835,4 +836,16 @@ enum v4l2_dv_rgb_range { #define V4L2_CID_DV_RX_POWER_PRESENT (V4L2_CID_DV_CLASS_BASE + 100) #define V4L2_CID_DV_RX_RGB_RANGE (V4L2_CID_DV_CLASS_BASE + 101) +#define V4L2_CID_FM_RX_CLASS_BASE (V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_FM_RX | 0x900) +#define V4L2_CID_FM_RX_CLASS (V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_FM_RX | 1) + +#define V4L2_CID_TUNE_DEEMPHASIS (V4L2_CID_FM_RX_CLASS_BASE + 1) +enum v4l2_deemphasis { + V4L2_DEEMPHASIS_DISABLED = V4L2_PREEMPHASIS_DISABLED, + V4L2_DEEMPHASIS_50_uS = V4L2_PREEMPHASIS_50_uS, + V4L2_DEEMPHASIS_75_uS = V4L2_PREEMPHASIS_75_uS, +}; + +#define V4L2_CID_RDS_RECEPTION (V4L2_CID_FM_RX_CLASS_BASE + 2) + #endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From 33a80fc2eb43afbc25f04cc1d5ed899da213c21f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Andrey Smirnov Date: Tue, 26 Mar 2013 22:47:25 -0300 Subject: [media] v4l2: Add private controls base for SI476X Add a base to be used for allocation of all the SI476X specific controls in the corresponding driver. Acked-by: Hans Verkuil Signed-off-by: Andrey Smirnov Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/uapi/linux/v4l2-controls.h | 4 ++++ 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-controls.h b/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-controls.h index 7d2604877a73..910d7cd3d9f4 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-controls.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-controls.h @@ -156,6 +156,10 @@ enum v4l2_colorfx { * We reserve 8 controls for this driver. */ #define V4L2_CID_USER_S2255_BASE (V4L2_CID_USER_BASE + 0x1010) +/* The base for the si476x driver controls. See include/media/si476x.h for the list + * of controls. Total of 16 controls is reserved for that driver */ +#define V4L2_CID_USER_SI476X_BASE (V4L2_CID_USER_BASE + 0x1010) + /* MPEG-class control IDs */ #define V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE (V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_MPEG | 0x900) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 2cb5972da8ee95c58db3375c288563f3b75bc61c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Hans Verkuil Date: Fri, 29 Mar 2013 10:14:32 -0300 Subject: [media] v4l2-controls.h: update private control ranges to prevent overlap These ranges shouldn't overlap. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/uapi/linux/v4l2-controls.h | 8 ++++---- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-controls.h b/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-controls.h index 910d7cd3d9f4..7da22cec30cd 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-controls.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-controls.h @@ -153,12 +153,12 @@ enum v4l2_colorfx { /* The base for the s2255 driver controls. - * We reserve 8 controls for this driver. */ -#define V4L2_CID_USER_S2255_BASE (V4L2_CID_USER_BASE + 0x1010) + * We reserve 16 controls for this driver. */ +#define V4L2_CID_USER_S2255_BASE (V4L2_CID_USER_BASE + 0x1030) /* The base for the si476x driver controls. See include/media/si476x.h for the list - * of controls. Total of 16 controls is reserved for that driver */ -#define V4L2_CID_USER_SI476X_BASE (V4L2_CID_USER_BASE + 0x1010) + * of controls. Total of 16 controls is reserved for this driver */ +#define V4L2_CID_USER_SI476X_BASE (V4L2_CID_USER_BASE + 0x1040) /* MPEG-class control IDs */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 22e3880a76bb9a0c4fa5c8fefdc8697a36a4dae1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Thomas Graf Date: Fri, 29 Mar 2013 14:46:52 +0100 Subject: openvswitch: Expose to userspace It contains the public netlink interface bits required by userspace to make use of the interface. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross --- include/uapi/linux/Kbuild | 1 + include/uapi/linux/openvswitch.h | 456 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 457 insertions(+) create mode 100644 include/uapi/linux/openvswitch.h (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/Kbuild b/include/uapi/linux/Kbuild index 5c8a1d25e21c..d8fbc6aeac86 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/Kbuild +++ b/include/uapi/linux/Kbuild @@ -285,6 +285,7 @@ header-y += nvram.h header-y += omap3isp.h header-y += omapfb.h header-y += oom.h +header-y += openvswitch.h header-y += packet_diag.h header-y += param.h header-y += parport.h diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/openvswitch.h b/include/uapi/linux/openvswitch.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..405918dd7b3f --- /dev/null +++ b/include/uapi/linux/openvswitch.h @@ -0,0 +1,456 @@ + +/* + * Copyright (c) 2007-2011 Nicira Networks. + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but + * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA + * 02110-1301, USA + */ + +#ifndef _UAPI__LINUX_OPENVSWITCH_H +#define _UAPI__LINUX_OPENVSWITCH_H 1 + +#include +#include + +/** + * struct ovs_header - header for OVS Generic Netlink messages. + * @dp_ifindex: ifindex of local port for datapath (0 to make a request not + * specific to a datapath). + * + * Attributes following the header are specific to a particular OVS Generic + * Netlink family, but all of the OVS families use this header. + */ + +struct ovs_header { + int dp_ifindex; +}; + +/* Datapaths. */ + +#define OVS_DATAPATH_FAMILY "ovs_datapath" +#define OVS_DATAPATH_MCGROUP "ovs_datapath" +#define OVS_DATAPATH_VERSION 0x1 + +enum ovs_datapath_cmd { + OVS_DP_CMD_UNSPEC, + OVS_DP_CMD_NEW, + OVS_DP_CMD_DEL, + OVS_DP_CMD_GET, + OVS_DP_CMD_SET +}; + +/** + * enum ovs_datapath_attr - attributes for %OVS_DP_* commands. + * @OVS_DP_ATTR_NAME: Name of the network device that serves as the "local + * port". This is the name of the network device whose dp_ifindex is given in + * the &struct ovs_header. Always present in notifications. Required in + * %OVS_DP_NEW requests. May be used as an alternative to specifying + * dp_ifindex in other requests (with a dp_ifindex of 0). + * @OVS_DP_ATTR_UPCALL_PID: The Netlink socket in userspace that is initially + * set on the datapath port (for OVS_ACTION_ATTR_MISS). Only valid on + * %OVS_DP_CMD_NEW requests. A value of zero indicates that upcalls should + * not be sent. + * @OVS_DP_ATTR_STATS: Statistics about packets that have passed through the + * datapath. Always present in notifications. + * + * These attributes follow the &struct ovs_header within the Generic Netlink + * payload for %OVS_DP_* commands. + */ +enum ovs_datapath_attr { + OVS_DP_ATTR_UNSPEC, + OVS_DP_ATTR_NAME, /* name of dp_ifindex netdev */ + OVS_DP_ATTR_UPCALL_PID, /* Netlink PID to receive upcalls */ + OVS_DP_ATTR_STATS, /* struct ovs_dp_stats */ + __OVS_DP_ATTR_MAX +}; + +#define OVS_DP_ATTR_MAX (__OVS_DP_ATTR_MAX - 1) + +struct ovs_dp_stats { + __u64 n_hit; /* Number of flow table matches. */ + __u64 n_missed; /* Number of flow table misses. */ + __u64 n_lost; /* Number of misses not sent to userspace. */ + __u64 n_flows; /* Number of flows present */ +}; + +struct ovs_vport_stats { + __u64 rx_packets; /* total packets received */ + __u64 tx_packets; /* total packets transmitted */ + __u64 rx_bytes; /* total bytes received */ + __u64 tx_bytes; /* total bytes transmitted */ + __u64 rx_errors; /* bad packets received */ + __u64 tx_errors; /* packet transmit problems */ + __u64 rx_dropped; /* no space in linux buffers */ + __u64 tx_dropped; /* no space available in linux */ +}; + +/* Fixed logical ports. */ +#define OVSP_LOCAL ((__u32)0) + +/* Packet transfer. */ + +#define OVS_PACKET_FAMILY "ovs_packet" +#define OVS_PACKET_VERSION 0x1 + +enum ovs_packet_cmd { + OVS_PACKET_CMD_UNSPEC, + + /* Kernel-to-user notifications. */ + OVS_PACKET_CMD_MISS, /* Flow table miss. */ + OVS_PACKET_CMD_ACTION, /* OVS_ACTION_ATTR_USERSPACE action. */ + + /* Userspace commands. */ + OVS_PACKET_CMD_EXECUTE /* Apply actions to a packet. */ +}; + +/** + * enum ovs_packet_attr - attributes for %OVS_PACKET_* commands. + * @OVS_PACKET_ATTR_PACKET: Present for all notifications. Contains the entire + * packet as received, from the start of the Ethernet header onward. For + * %OVS_PACKET_CMD_ACTION, %OVS_PACKET_ATTR_PACKET reflects changes made by + * actions preceding %OVS_ACTION_ATTR_USERSPACE, but %OVS_PACKET_ATTR_KEY is + * the flow key extracted from the packet as originally received. + * @OVS_PACKET_ATTR_KEY: Present for all notifications. Contains the flow key + * extracted from the packet as nested %OVS_KEY_ATTR_* attributes. This allows + * userspace to adapt its flow setup strategy by comparing its notion of the + * flow key against the kernel's. + * @OVS_PACKET_ATTR_ACTIONS: Contains actions for the packet. Used + * for %OVS_PACKET_CMD_EXECUTE. It has nested %OVS_ACTION_ATTR_* attributes. + * @OVS_PACKET_ATTR_USERDATA: Present for an %OVS_PACKET_CMD_ACTION + * notification if the %OVS_ACTION_ATTR_USERSPACE action specified an + * %OVS_USERSPACE_ATTR_USERDATA attribute, with the same length and content + * specified there. + * + * These attributes follow the &struct ovs_header within the Generic Netlink + * payload for %OVS_PACKET_* commands. + */ +enum ovs_packet_attr { + OVS_PACKET_ATTR_UNSPEC, + OVS_PACKET_ATTR_PACKET, /* Packet data. */ + OVS_PACKET_ATTR_KEY, /* Nested OVS_KEY_ATTR_* attributes. */ + OVS_PACKET_ATTR_ACTIONS, /* Nested OVS_ACTION_ATTR_* attributes. */ + OVS_PACKET_ATTR_USERDATA, /* OVS_ACTION_ATTR_USERSPACE arg. */ + __OVS_PACKET_ATTR_MAX +}; + +#define OVS_PACKET_ATTR_MAX (__OVS_PACKET_ATTR_MAX - 1) + +/* Virtual ports. */ + +#define OVS_VPORT_FAMILY "ovs_vport" +#define OVS_VPORT_MCGROUP "ovs_vport" +#define OVS_VPORT_VERSION 0x1 + +enum ovs_vport_cmd { + OVS_VPORT_CMD_UNSPEC, + OVS_VPORT_CMD_NEW, + OVS_VPORT_CMD_DEL, + OVS_VPORT_CMD_GET, + OVS_VPORT_CMD_SET +}; + +enum ovs_vport_type { + OVS_VPORT_TYPE_UNSPEC, + OVS_VPORT_TYPE_NETDEV, /* network device */ + OVS_VPORT_TYPE_INTERNAL, /* network device implemented by datapath */ + __OVS_VPORT_TYPE_MAX +}; + +#define OVS_VPORT_TYPE_MAX (__OVS_VPORT_TYPE_MAX - 1) + +/** + * enum ovs_vport_attr - attributes for %OVS_VPORT_* commands. + * @OVS_VPORT_ATTR_PORT_NO: 32-bit port number within datapath. + * @OVS_VPORT_ATTR_TYPE: 32-bit %OVS_VPORT_TYPE_* constant describing the type + * of vport. + * @OVS_VPORT_ATTR_NAME: Name of vport. For a vport based on a network device + * this is the name of the network device. Maximum length %IFNAMSIZ-1 bytes + * plus a null terminator. + * @OVS_VPORT_ATTR_OPTIONS: Vport-specific configuration information. + * @OVS_VPORT_ATTR_UPCALL_PID: The Netlink socket in userspace that + * OVS_PACKET_CMD_MISS upcalls will be directed to for packets received on + * this port. A value of zero indicates that upcalls should not be sent. + * @OVS_VPORT_ATTR_STATS: A &struct ovs_vport_stats giving statistics for + * packets sent or received through the vport. + * + * These attributes follow the &struct ovs_header within the Generic Netlink + * payload for %OVS_VPORT_* commands. + * + * For %OVS_VPORT_CMD_NEW requests, the %OVS_VPORT_ATTR_TYPE and + * %OVS_VPORT_ATTR_NAME attributes are required. %OVS_VPORT_ATTR_PORT_NO is + * optional; if not specified a free port number is automatically selected. + * Whether %OVS_VPORT_ATTR_OPTIONS is required or optional depends on the type + * of vport. + * and other attributes are ignored. + * + * For other requests, if %OVS_VPORT_ATTR_NAME is specified then it is used to + * look up the vport to operate on; otherwise dp_idx from the &struct + * ovs_header plus %OVS_VPORT_ATTR_PORT_NO determine the vport. + */ +enum ovs_vport_attr { + OVS_VPORT_ATTR_UNSPEC, + OVS_VPORT_ATTR_PORT_NO, /* u32 port number within datapath */ + OVS_VPORT_ATTR_TYPE, /* u32 OVS_VPORT_TYPE_* constant. */ + OVS_VPORT_ATTR_NAME, /* string name, up to IFNAMSIZ bytes long */ + OVS_VPORT_ATTR_OPTIONS, /* nested attributes, varies by vport type */ + OVS_VPORT_ATTR_UPCALL_PID, /* u32 Netlink PID to receive upcalls */ + OVS_VPORT_ATTR_STATS, /* struct ovs_vport_stats */ + __OVS_VPORT_ATTR_MAX +}; + +#define OVS_VPORT_ATTR_MAX (__OVS_VPORT_ATTR_MAX - 1) + +/* Flows. */ + +#define OVS_FLOW_FAMILY "ovs_flow" +#define OVS_FLOW_MCGROUP "ovs_flow" +#define OVS_FLOW_VERSION 0x1 + +enum ovs_flow_cmd { + OVS_FLOW_CMD_UNSPEC, + OVS_FLOW_CMD_NEW, + OVS_FLOW_CMD_DEL, + OVS_FLOW_CMD_GET, + OVS_FLOW_CMD_SET +}; + +struct ovs_flow_stats { + __u64 n_packets; /* Number of matched packets. */ + __u64 n_bytes; /* Number of matched bytes. */ +}; + +enum ovs_key_attr { + OVS_KEY_ATTR_UNSPEC, + OVS_KEY_ATTR_ENCAP, /* Nested set of encapsulated attributes. */ + OVS_KEY_ATTR_PRIORITY, /* u32 skb->priority */ + OVS_KEY_ATTR_IN_PORT, /* u32 OVS dp port number */ + OVS_KEY_ATTR_ETHERNET, /* struct ovs_key_ethernet */ + OVS_KEY_ATTR_VLAN, /* be16 VLAN TCI */ + OVS_KEY_ATTR_ETHERTYPE, /* be16 Ethernet type */ + OVS_KEY_ATTR_IPV4, /* struct ovs_key_ipv4 */ + OVS_KEY_ATTR_IPV6, /* struct ovs_key_ipv6 */ + OVS_KEY_ATTR_TCP, /* struct ovs_key_tcp */ + OVS_KEY_ATTR_UDP, /* struct ovs_key_udp */ + OVS_KEY_ATTR_ICMP, /* struct ovs_key_icmp */ + OVS_KEY_ATTR_ICMPV6, /* struct ovs_key_icmpv6 */ + OVS_KEY_ATTR_ARP, /* struct ovs_key_arp */ + OVS_KEY_ATTR_ND, /* struct ovs_key_nd */ + OVS_KEY_ATTR_SKB_MARK, /* u32 skb mark */ + __OVS_KEY_ATTR_MAX +}; + +#define OVS_KEY_ATTR_MAX (__OVS_KEY_ATTR_MAX - 1) + +/** + * enum ovs_frag_type - IPv4 and IPv6 fragment type + * @OVS_FRAG_TYPE_NONE: Packet is not a fragment. + * @OVS_FRAG_TYPE_FIRST: Packet is a fragment with offset 0. + * @OVS_FRAG_TYPE_LATER: Packet is a fragment with nonzero offset. + * + * Used as the @ipv4_frag in &struct ovs_key_ipv4 and as @ipv6_frag &struct + * ovs_key_ipv6. + */ +enum ovs_frag_type { + OVS_FRAG_TYPE_NONE, + OVS_FRAG_TYPE_FIRST, + OVS_FRAG_TYPE_LATER, + __OVS_FRAG_TYPE_MAX +}; + +#define OVS_FRAG_TYPE_MAX (__OVS_FRAG_TYPE_MAX - 1) + +struct ovs_key_ethernet { + __u8 eth_src[ETH_ALEN]; + __u8 eth_dst[ETH_ALEN]; +}; + +struct ovs_key_ipv4 { + __be32 ipv4_src; + __be32 ipv4_dst; + __u8 ipv4_proto; + __u8 ipv4_tos; + __u8 ipv4_ttl; + __u8 ipv4_frag; /* One of OVS_FRAG_TYPE_*. */ +}; + +struct ovs_key_ipv6 { + __be32 ipv6_src[4]; + __be32 ipv6_dst[4]; + __be32 ipv6_label; /* 20-bits in least-significant bits. */ + __u8 ipv6_proto; + __u8 ipv6_tclass; + __u8 ipv6_hlimit; + __u8 ipv6_frag; /* One of OVS_FRAG_TYPE_*. */ +}; + +struct ovs_key_tcp { + __be16 tcp_src; + __be16 tcp_dst; +}; + +struct ovs_key_udp { + __be16 udp_src; + __be16 udp_dst; +}; + +struct ovs_key_icmp { + __u8 icmp_type; + __u8 icmp_code; +}; + +struct ovs_key_icmpv6 { + __u8 icmpv6_type; + __u8 icmpv6_code; +}; + +struct ovs_key_arp { + __be32 arp_sip; + __be32 arp_tip; + __be16 arp_op; + __u8 arp_sha[ETH_ALEN]; + __u8 arp_tha[ETH_ALEN]; +}; + +struct ovs_key_nd { + __u32 nd_target[4]; + __u8 nd_sll[ETH_ALEN]; + __u8 nd_tll[ETH_ALEN]; +}; + +/** + * enum ovs_flow_attr - attributes for %OVS_FLOW_* commands. + * @OVS_FLOW_ATTR_KEY: Nested %OVS_KEY_ATTR_* attributes specifying the flow + * key. Always present in notifications. Required for all requests (except + * dumps). + * @OVS_FLOW_ATTR_ACTIONS: Nested %OVS_ACTION_ATTR_* attributes specifying + * the actions to take for packets that match the key. Always present in + * notifications. Required for %OVS_FLOW_CMD_NEW requests, optional for + * %OVS_FLOW_CMD_SET requests. + * @OVS_FLOW_ATTR_STATS: &struct ovs_flow_stats giving statistics for this + * flow. Present in notifications if the stats would be nonzero. Ignored in + * requests. + * @OVS_FLOW_ATTR_TCP_FLAGS: An 8-bit value giving the OR'd value of all of the + * TCP flags seen on packets in this flow. Only present in notifications for + * TCP flows, and only if it would be nonzero. Ignored in requests. + * @OVS_FLOW_ATTR_USED: A 64-bit integer giving the time, in milliseconds on + * the system monotonic clock, at which a packet was last processed for this + * flow. Only present in notifications if a packet has been processed for this + * flow. Ignored in requests. + * @OVS_FLOW_ATTR_CLEAR: If present in a %OVS_FLOW_CMD_SET request, clears the + * last-used time, accumulated TCP flags, and statistics for this flow. + * Otherwise ignored in requests. Never present in notifications. + * + * These attributes follow the &struct ovs_header within the Generic Netlink + * payload for %OVS_FLOW_* commands. + */ +enum ovs_flow_attr { + OVS_FLOW_ATTR_UNSPEC, + OVS_FLOW_ATTR_KEY, /* Sequence of OVS_KEY_ATTR_* attributes. */ + OVS_FLOW_ATTR_ACTIONS, /* Nested OVS_ACTION_ATTR_* attributes. */ + OVS_FLOW_ATTR_STATS, /* struct ovs_flow_stats. */ + OVS_FLOW_ATTR_TCP_FLAGS, /* 8-bit OR'd TCP flags. */ + OVS_FLOW_ATTR_USED, /* u64 msecs last used in monotonic time. */ + OVS_FLOW_ATTR_CLEAR, /* Flag to clear stats, tcp_flags, used. */ + __OVS_FLOW_ATTR_MAX +}; + +#define OVS_FLOW_ATTR_MAX (__OVS_FLOW_ATTR_MAX - 1) + +/** + * enum ovs_sample_attr - Attributes for %OVS_ACTION_ATTR_SAMPLE action. + * @OVS_SAMPLE_ATTR_PROBABILITY: 32-bit fraction of packets to sample with + * @OVS_ACTION_ATTR_SAMPLE. A value of 0 samples no packets, a value of + * %UINT32_MAX samples all packets and intermediate values sample intermediate + * fractions of packets. + * @OVS_SAMPLE_ATTR_ACTIONS: Set of actions to execute in sampling event. + * Actions are passed as nested attributes. + * + * Executes the specified actions with the given probability on a per-packet + * basis. + */ +enum ovs_sample_attr { + OVS_SAMPLE_ATTR_UNSPEC, + OVS_SAMPLE_ATTR_PROBABILITY, /* u32 number */ + OVS_SAMPLE_ATTR_ACTIONS, /* Nested OVS_ACTION_ATTR_* attributes. */ + __OVS_SAMPLE_ATTR_MAX, +}; + +#define OVS_SAMPLE_ATTR_MAX (__OVS_SAMPLE_ATTR_MAX - 1) + +/** + * enum ovs_userspace_attr - Attributes for %OVS_ACTION_ATTR_USERSPACE action. + * @OVS_USERSPACE_ATTR_PID: u32 Netlink PID to which the %OVS_PACKET_CMD_ACTION + * message should be sent. Required. + * @OVS_USERSPACE_ATTR_USERDATA: If present, its variable-length argument is + * copied to the %OVS_PACKET_CMD_ACTION message as %OVS_PACKET_ATTR_USERDATA. + */ +enum ovs_userspace_attr { + OVS_USERSPACE_ATTR_UNSPEC, + OVS_USERSPACE_ATTR_PID, /* u32 Netlink PID to receive upcalls. */ + OVS_USERSPACE_ATTR_USERDATA, /* Optional user-specified cookie. */ + __OVS_USERSPACE_ATTR_MAX +}; + +#define OVS_USERSPACE_ATTR_MAX (__OVS_USERSPACE_ATTR_MAX - 1) + +/** + * struct ovs_action_push_vlan - %OVS_ACTION_ATTR_PUSH_VLAN action argument. + * @vlan_tpid: Tag protocol identifier (TPID) to push. + * @vlan_tci: Tag control identifier (TCI) to push. The CFI bit must be set + * (but it will not be set in the 802.1Q header that is pushed). + * + * The @vlan_tpid value is typically %ETH_P_8021Q. The only acceptable TPID + * values are those that the kernel module also parses as 802.1Q headers, to + * prevent %OVS_ACTION_ATTR_PUSH_VLAN followed by %OVS_ACTION_ATTR_POP_VLAN + * from having surprising results. + */ +struct ovs_action_push_vlan { + __be16 vlan_tpid; /* 802.1Q TPID. */ + __be16 vlan_tci; /* 802.1Q TCI (VLAN ID and priority). */ +}; + +/** + * enum ovs_action_attr - Action types. + * + * @OVS_ACTION_ATTR_OUTPUT: Output packet to port. + * @OVS_ACTION_ATTR_USERSPACE: Send packet to userspace according to nested + * %OVS_USERSPACE_ATTR_* attributes. + * @OVS_ACTION_ATTR_SET: Replaces the contents of an existing header. The + * single nested %OVS_KEY_ATTR_* attribute specifies a header to modify and its + * value. + * @OVS_ACTION_ATTR_PUSH_VLAN: Push a new outermost 802.1Q header onto the + * packet. + * @OVS_ACTION_ATTR_POP_VLAN: Pop the outermost 802.1Q header off the packet. + * @OVS_ACTION_ATTR_SAMPLE: Probabilitically executes actions, as specified in + * the nested %OVS_SAMPLE_ATTR_* attributes. + * + * Only a single header can be set with a single %OVS_ACTION_ATTR_SET. Not all + * fields within a header are modifiable, e.g. the IPv4 protocol and fragment + * type may not be changed. + */ + +enum ovs_action_attr { + OVS_ACTION_ATTR_UNSPEC, + OVS_ACTION_ATTR_OUTPUT, /* u32 port number. */ + OVS_ACTION_ATTR_USERSPACE, /* Nested OVS_USERSPACE_ATTR_*. */ + OVS_ACTION_ATTR_SET, /* One nested OVS_KEY_ATTR_*. */ + OVS_ACTION_ATTR_PUSH_VLAN, /* struct ovs_action_push_vlan. */ + OVS_ACTION_ATTR_POP_VLAN, /* No argument. */ + OVS_ACTION_ATTR_SAMPLE, /* Nested OVS_SAMPLE_ATTR_*. */ + __OVS_ACTION_ATTR_MAX +}; + +#define OVS_ACTION_ATTR_MAX (__OVS_ACTION_ATTR_MAX - 1) + +#endif /* _LINUX_OPENVSWITCH_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From fc39f46b54b600f053bf9bab757023344e97925e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Sylwester Nawrocki Date: Thu, 14 Mar 2013 07:01:24 -0300 Subject: [media] V4L: Add MATRIX option to V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE_METERING control This patch adds a menu option to the V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE_METERING control for multi-zone metering. Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/uapi/linux/v4l2-controls.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-controls.h b/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-controls.h index 7da22cec30cd..69bd5bb0d5af 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-controls.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-controls.h @@ -658,6 +658,7 @@ enum v4l2_exposure_metering { V4L2_EXPOSURE_METERING_AVERAGE = 0, V4L2_EXPOSURE_METERING_CENTER_WEIGHTED = 1, V4L2_EXPOSURE_METERING_SPOT = 2, + V4L2_EXPOSURE_METERING_MATRIX = 3, }; #define V4L2_CID_SCENE_MODE (V4L2_CID_CAMERA_CLASS_BASE+26) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 7d4c04fc170087119727119074e72445f2bb192b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Keller, Jacob E" Date: Thu, 28 Mar 2013 11:19:25 +0000 Subject: net: add option to enable error queue packets waking select Currently, when a socket receives something on the error queue it only wakes up the socket on select if it is in the "read" list, that is the socket has something to read. It is useful also to wake the socket if it is in the error list, which would enable software to wait on error queue packets without waking up for regular data on the socket. The main use case is for receiving timestamped transmit packets which return the timestamp to the socket via the error queue. This enables an application to select on the socket for the error queue only instead of for the regular traffic. -v2- * Added the SO_SELECT_ERR_QUEUE socket option to every architechture specific file * Modified every socket poll function that checks error queue Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller Cc: Jeffrey Kirsher Cc: Richard Cochran Cc: Matthew Vick Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/asm-generic/socket.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/asm-generic/socket.h b/include/uapi/asm-generic/socket.h index 4ef3acbba5da..c5d2e3a1cf68 100644 --- a/include/uapi/asm-generic/socket.h +++ b/include/uapi/asm-generic/socket.h @@ -74,4 +74,6 @@ #define SO_LOCK_FILTER 44 +#define SO_SELECT_ERR_QUEUE 45 + #endif /* __ASM_GENERIC_SOCKET_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From c3feedf2aaf9ac8bad6f19f5d21e4ee0b4b87e9c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Andi Kleen Date: Thu, 24 Jan 2013 16:10:28 +0100 Subject: perf/core: Add weighted samples For some events it's useful to weight sample with a hardware provided number. This expresses how expensive the action the sample represent was. This allows the profiler to scale the samples to be more informative to the programmer. There is already the period which is used similarly, but it means something different, so I chose to not overload it. Instead a new sample type for WEIGHT is added. Can be used for multiple things. Initially it is used for TSX abort costs and profiling by memory latencies (so to make expensive load appear higher up in the histograms). The concept is quite generic and can be extended to many other kinds of events or architectures, as long as the hardware provides suitable auxillary values. In principle it could be also used for software tracepoints. This adds the generic glue. A new optional sample format for a 64-bit weight value. Signed-off-by: Andi Kleen Signed-off-by: Stephane Eranian Cc: peterz@infradead.org Cc: acme@redhat.com Cc: jolsa@redhat.com Cc: namhyung.kim@lge.com Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1359040242-8269-5-git-send-email-eranian@google.com Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo --- include/uapi/linux/perf_event.h | 6 +++++- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/perf_event.h b/include/uapi/linux/perf_event.h index 9fa9c622a7f4..cdc255da02e2 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/perf_event.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/perf_event.h @@ -132,8 +132,10 @@ enum perf_event_sample_format { PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_STACK = 1U << 11, PERF_SAMPLE_REGS_USER = 1U << 12, PERF_SAMPLE_STACK_USER = 1U << 13, + PERF_SAMPLE_WEIGHT = 1U << 14, + + PERF_SAMPLE_MAX = 1U << 15, /* non-ABI */ - PERF_SAMPLE_MAX = 1U << 14, /* non-ABI */ }; /* @@ -588,6 +590,8 @@ enum perf_event_type { * { u64 size; * char data[size]; * u64 dyn_size; } && PERF_SAMPLE_STACK_USER + * + * { u64 weight; } && PERF_SAMPLE_WEIGHT * }; */ PERF_RECORD_SAMPLE = 9, -- cgit v1.2.3 From d6be9ad6c960f43800a6f118932bc8a5a4eadcd1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Stephane Eranian Date: Thu, 24 Jan 2013 16:10:31 +0100 Subject: perf: Add generic memory sampling interface This patch adds PERF_SAMPLE_DATA_SRC. PERF_SAMPLE_DATA_SRC collects the data source, i.e., where did the data associated with the sampled instruction come from. Information is stored in a perf_mem_data_src structure. It contains opcode, mem level, tlb, snoop, lock information, subject to availability in hardware. Signed-off-by: Stephane Eranian Cc: peterz@infradead.org Cc: ak@linux.intel.com Cc: acme@redhat.com Cc: jolsa@redhat.com Cc: namhyung.kim@lge.com Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1359040242-8269-8-git-send-email-eranian@google.com Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo --- include/uapi/linux/perf_event.h | 68 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++-- 1 file changed, 66 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/perf_event.h b/include/uapi/linux/perf_event.h index cdc255da02e2..5b5762006855 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/perf_event.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/perf_event.h @@ -133,9 +133,9 @@ enum perf_event_sample_format { PERF_SAMPLE_REGS_USER = 1U << 12, PERF_SAMPLE_STACK_USER = 1U << 13, PERF_SAMPLE_WEIGHT = 1U << 14, + PERF_SAMPLE_DATA_SRC = 1U << 15, - PERF_SAMPLE_MAX = 1U << 15, /* non-ABI */ - + PERF_SAMPLE_MAX = 1U << 16, /* non-ABI */ }; /* @@ -592,6 +592,7 @@ enum perf_event_type { * u64 dyn_size; } && PERF_SAMPLE_STACK_USER * * { u64 weight; } && PERF_SAMPLE_WEIGHT + * { u64 data_src; } && PERF_SAMPLE_DATA_SRC * }; */ PERF_RECORD_SAMPLE = 9, @@ -617,4 +618,67 @@ enum perf_callchain_context { #define PERF_FLAG_FD_OUTPUT (1U << 1) #define PERF_FLAG_PID_CGROUP (1U << 2) /* pid=cgroup id, per-cpu mode only */ +union perf_mem_data_src { + __u64 val; + struct { + __u64 mem_op:5, /* type of opcode */ + mem_lvl:14, /* memory hierarchy level */ + mem_snoop:5, /* snoop mode */ + mem_lock:2, /* lock instr */ + mem_dtlb:7, /* tlb access */ + mem_rsvd:31; + }; +}; + +/* type of opcode (load/store/prefetch,code) */ +#define PERF_MEM_OP_NA 0x01 /* not available */ +#define PERF_MEM_OP_LOAD 0x02 /* load instruction */ +#define PERF_MEM_OP_STORE 0x04 /* store instruction */ +#define PERF_MEM_OP_PFETCH 0x08 /* prefetch */ +#define PERF_MEM_OP_EXEC 0x10 /* code (execution) */ +#define PERF_MEM_OP_SHIFT 0 + +/* memory hierarchy (memory level, hit or miss) */ +#define PERF_MEM_LVL_NA 0x01 /* not available */ +#define PERF_MEM_LVL_HIT 0x02 /* hit level */ +#define PERF_MEM_LVL_MISS 0x04 /* miss level */ +#define PERF_MEM_LVL_L1 0x08 /* L1 */ +#define PERF_MEM_LVL_LFB 0x10 /* Line Fill Buffer */ +#define PERF_MEM_LVL_L2 0x20 /* L2 hit */ +#define PERF_MEM_LVL_L3 0x40 /* L3 hit */ +#define PERF_MEM_LVL_LOC_RAM 0x80 /* Local DRAM */ +#define PERF_MEM_LVL_REM_RAM1 0x100 /* Remote DRAM (1 hop) */ +#define PERF_MEM_LVL_REM_RAM2 0x200 /* Remote DRAM (2 hops) */ +#define PERF_MEM_LVL_REM_CCE1 0x400 /* Remote Cache (1 hop) */ +#define PERF_MEM_LVL_REM_CCE2 0x800 /* Remote Cache (2 hops) */ +#define PERF_MEM_LVL_IO 0x1000 /* I/O memory */ +#define PERF_MEM_LVL_UNC 0x2000 /* Uncached memory */ +#define PERF_MEM_LVL_SHIFT 5 + +/* snoop mode */ +#define PERF_MEM_SNOOP_NA 0x01 /* not available */ +#define PERF_MEM_SNOOP_NONE 0x02 /* no snoop */ +#define PERF_MEM_SNOOP_HIT 0x04 /* snoop hit */ +#define PERF_MEM_SNOOP_MISS 0x08 /* snoop miss */ +#define PERF_MEM_SNOOP_HITM 0x10 /* snoop hit modified */ +#define PERF_MEM_SNOOP_SHIFT 19 + +/* locked instruction */ +#define PERF_MEM_LOCK_NA 0x01 /* not available */ +#define PERF_MEM_LOCK_LOCKED 0x02 /* locked transaction */ +#define PERF_MEM_LOCK_SHIFT 24 + +/* TLB access */ +#define PERF_MEM_TLB_NA 0x01 /* not available */ +#define PERF_MEM_TLB_HIT 0x02 /* hit level */ +#define PERF_MEM_TLB_MISS 0x04 /* miss level */ +#define PERF_MEM_TLB_L1 0x08 /* L1 */ +#define PERF_MEM_TLB_L2 0x10 /* L2 */ +#define PERF_MEM_TLB_WK 0x20 /* Hardware Walker*/ +#define PERF_MEM_TLB_OS 0x40 /* OS fault handler */ +#define PERF_MEM_TLB_SHIFT 26 + +#define PERF_MEM_S(a, s) \ + (((u64)PERF_MEM_##a##_##s) << PERF_MEM_##a##_SHIFT) + #endif /* _UAPI_LINUX_PERF_EVENT_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 2fe85427e3bf65d791700d065132772fc26e4d75 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Stephane Eranian Date: Thu, 24 Jan 2013 16:10:39 +0100 Subject: perf: Add PERF_RECORD_MISC_MMAP_DATA to RECORD_MMAP Type of mapping was lost and made it hard for a tool to distinguish code vs. data mmaps. Perf has the ability to distinguish the two. Use a bit in the header->misc bitmask to keep track of the mmap type. If PERF_RECORD_MISC_MMAP_DATA is set then the mapping is not executable (!VM_EXEC). If not set, then the mapping is executable. Signed-off-by: Stephane Eranian Cc: peterz@infradead.org Cc: ak@linux.intel.com Cc: acme@redhat.com Cc: jolsa@redhat.com Cc: namhyung.kim@lge.com Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1359040242-8269-16-git-send-email-eranian@google.com Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo --- include/uapi/linux/perf_event.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/perf_event.h b/include/uapi/linux/perf_event.h index 5b5762006855..964a450a6e2c 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/perf_event.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/perf_event.h @@ -445,6 +445,7 @@ struct perf_event_mmap_page { #define PERF_RECORD_MISC_GUEST_KERNEL (4 << 0) #define PERF_RECORD_MISC_GUEST_USER (5 << 0) +#define PERF_RECORD_MISC_MMAP_DATA (1 << 13) /* * Indicates that the content of PERF_SAMPLE_IP points to * the actual instruction that triggered the event. See also -- cgit v1.2.3 From 8746ddcf12bb263ad240e095ef16531006caeb50 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "holger@eitzenberger.org" Date: Sat, 23 Mar 2013 10:04:03 +0000 Subject: netfilter: xt_NFQUEUE: introduce CPU fanout Current NFQUEUE target uses a hash, computed over source and destination address (and other parameters), for steering the packet to the actual NFQUEUE. This, however forgets about the fact that the packet eventually is handled by a particular CPU on user request. If E. g. 1) IRQ affinity is used to handle packets on a particular CPU already (both single-queue or multi-queue case) and/or 2) RPS is used to steer packets to a specific softirq the target easily chooses an NFQUEUE which is not handled by a process pinned to the same CPU. The idea is therefore to use the CPU index for determining the NFQUEUE handling the packet. E. g. when having a system with 4 CPUs, 4 MQ queues and 4 NFQUEUEs it looks like this: +-----+ +-----+ +-----+ +-----+ |NFQ#0| |NFQ#1| |NFQ#2| |NFQ#3| +-----+ +-----+ +-----+ +-----+ ^ ^ ^ ^ | |NFQUEUE | | + + + + +-----+ +-----+ +-----+ +-----+ |rx-0 | |rx-1 | |rx-2 | |rx-3 | +-----+ +-----+ +-----+ +-----+ The NFQUEUEs not necessarily have to start with number 0, setups with less NFQUEUEs than packet-handling CPUs are not a problem as well. This patch extends the NFQUEUE target to accept a new NFQ_FLAG_CPU_FANOUT flag. If this is specified the target uses the CPU index for determining the NFQUEUE being used. I have to introduce rev3 for this. The 'flags' are folded into _v2 'bypass'. By changing the way which queue is assigned, I'm able to improve the performance if the processes reading on the NFQUEUs are pinned correctly. Signed-off-by: Holger Eitzenberger Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso --- include/uapi/linux/netfilter/xt_NFQUEUE.h | 9 +++++++++ 1 file changed, 9 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/netfilter/xt_NFQUEUE.h b/include/uapi/linux/netfilter/xt_NFQUEUE.h index 9eafdbbb401c..8bb5fe657d34 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/netfilter/xt_NFQUEUE.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/netfilter/xt_NFQUEUE.h @@ -26,4 +26,13 @@ struct xt_NFQ_info_v2 { __u16 bypass; }; +struct xt_NFQ_info_v3 { + __u16 queuenum; + __u16 queues_total; + __u16 flags; +#define NFQ_FLAG_BYPASS 0x01 /* for compatibility with v2 */ +#define NFQ_FLAG_CPU_FANOUT 0x02 /* use current CPU (no hashing) */ +#define NFQ_FLAG_MASK 0x03 +}; + #endif /* _XT_NFQ_TARGET_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 608c380c304ce017dfddbceff988ffd0a36636d9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Paul Bolle Date: Tue, 2 Apr 2013 09:59:17 +1030 Subject: virtio: do not export "u16" and "u64" to userspace virtio_balloon.h exports "u16" and "u64" to userspace. Use "__u16" and "__u64" instead. Signed-off-by: Paul Bolle Signed-off-by: Rusty Russell --- include/uapi/linux/virtio_balloon.h | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/virtio_balloon.h b/include/uapi/linux/virtio_balloon.h index 652dc8bea921..5e26f61b5df5 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/virtio_balloon.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/virtio_balloon.h @@ -52,8 +52,8 @@ struct virtio_balloon_config #define VIRTIO_BALLOON_S_NR 6 struct virtio_balloon_stat { - u16 tag; - u64 val; + __u16 tag; + __u64 val; } __attribute__((packed)); #endif /* _LINUX_VIRTIO_BALLOON_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 152b0f5da798c56566737f4d0bd85f69688e7d7b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: =?UTF-8?q?Michal=20Kube=C4=8Dek?= Date: Tue, 2 Apr 2013 08:12:11 +0200 Subject: netfilter: fix struct ip6t_frag field description Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso --- include/uapi/linux/netfilter_ipv6/ip6t_frag.h | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/netfilter_ipv6/ip6t_frag.h b/include/uapi/linux/netfilter_ipv6/ip6t_frag.h index b47f61b9e082..dfd8bc2268cf 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/netfilter_ipv6/ip6t_frag.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/netfilter_ipv6/ip6t_frag.h @@ -4,9 +4,9 @@ #include struct ip6t_frag { - __u32 ids[2]; /* Security Parameter Index */ + __u32 ids[2]; /* Identification range */ __u32 hdrlen; /* Header Length */ - __u8 flags; /* */ + __u8 flags; /* Flags */ __u8 invflags; /* Inverse flags */ }; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 7b88fc086a217be7d16ec68a7f66093d344e39d7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Phil Edworthy Date: Mon, 18 Mar 2013 08:47:59 -0300 Subject: [media] soc_camera: Add RGB666 & RGB888 formats Based on work done by Katsuya Matsubara. Signed-off-by: Phil Edworthy Signed-off-by: Guennadi Liakhovetski Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/uapi/linux/v4l2-mediabus.h | 6 +++++- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-mediabus.h b/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-mediabus.h index b9b7bea04537..6ee63d09b32d 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-mediabus.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-mediabus.h @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ enum v4l2_mbus_pixelcode { V4L2_MBUS_FMT_FIXED = 0x0001, - /* RGB - next is 0x1009 */ + /* RGB - next is 0x100d */ V4L2_MBUS_FMT_RGB444_2X8_PADHI_BE = 0x1001, V4L2_MBUS_FMT_RGB444_2X8_PADHI_LE = 0x1002, V4L2_MBUS_FMT_RGB555_2X8_PADHI_BE = 0x1003, @@ -46,6 +46,10 @@ enum v4l2_mbus_pixelcode { V4L2_MBUS_FMT_BGR565_2X8_LE = 0x1006, V4L2_MBUS_FMT_RGB565_2X8_BE = 0x1007, V4L2_MBUS_FMT_RGB565_2X8_LE = 0x1008, + V4L2_MBUS_FMT_RGB666_1X18 = 0x1009, + V4L2_MBUS_FMT_RGB888_1X24 = 0x100a, + V4L2_MBUS_FMT_RGB888_2X12_BE = 0x100b, + V4L2_MBUS_FMT_RGB888_2X12_LE = 0x100c, /* YUV (including grey) - next is 0x2017 */ V4L2_MBUS_FMT_Y8_1X8 = 0x2001, -- cgit v1.2.3 From fde04ab95d43e55959f12b92711b0ca4fed40637 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Mauro Carvalho Chehab Date: Thu, 4 Apr 2013 13:25:30 -0300 Subject: [media] demux.h: Remove duplicated enum "enum dmx_ts_pes" and "typedef enum dmx_pes_type_t" are just the same enum declared twice, since Kernel (2.6.12). There's no reason to duplicate it there, and sparse complains about that: drivers/media/dvb-core/dmxdev.c:600:55: warning: mixing different enum types So, remove the internal define, keeping just the external one. Internally, use only "enum dmx_ts_pes", as it is too late to drop dmx_pes_type_t from the userspace API. Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/uapi/linux/dvb/dmx.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/dvb/dmx.h b/include/uapi/linux/dvb/dmx.h index b2a9ad8cafdc..b4fb650d9d4f 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/dvb/dmx.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/dvb/dmx.h @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ typedef enum } dmx_input_t; -typedef enum +typedef enum dmx_ts_pes { DMX_PES_AUDIO0, DMX_PES_VIDEO0, -- cgit v1.2.3 From cc2f5a8adbc7ab1fdb7d9bcf4ea9838c73e82dfe Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Stephane Eranian Date: Fri, 5 Apr 2013 16:49:41 +0200 Subject: perf: Fix comments in PERF_MEM_LVL bitmask This small patch fixes a mistake in the comments for the PERF_MEM_LVL_* events. The L2, L3 bits simply represent cache levels, not hits or misses. That is encoded in PERF_MEM_LVL_MISS/PERF_MEM_LVL_HIT. Signed-off-by: Stephane Eranian Cc: peterz@infradead.org Cc: jolsa@redhat.com Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20130405144941.GA30503@quad Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- include/uapi/linux/perf_event.h | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/perf_event.h b/include/uapi/linux/perf_event.h index 964a450a6e2c..fb104e51496e 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/perf_event.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/perf_event.h @@ -645,8 +645,8 @@ union perf_mem_data_src { #define PERF_MEM_LVL_MISS 0x04 /* miss level */ #define PERF_MEM_LVL_L1 0x08 /* L1 */ #define PERF_MEM_LVL_LFB 0x10 /* Line Fill Buffer */ -#define PERF_MEM_LVL_L2 0x20 /* L2 hit */ -#define PERF_MEM_LVL_L3 0x40 /* L3 hit */ +#define PERF_MEM_LVL_L2 0x20 /* L2 */ +#define PERF_MEM_LVL_L3 0x40 /* L3 */ #define PERF_MEM_LVL_LOC_RAM 0x80 /* Local DRAM */ #define PERF_MEM_LVL_REM_RAM1 0x100 /* Remote DRAM (1 hop) */ #define PERF_MEM_LVL_REM_RAM2 0x200 /* Remote DRAM (2 hops) */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 197c58f624bfb98d3f7f381e57b5d09b2360266f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Huang Rui Date: Mon, 8 Apr 2013 12:20:49 +0800 Subject: USB: fix an incorrect table index in comment Signed-off-by: Huang Rui Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman --- include/uapi/linux/usb/ch9.h | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/usb/ch9.h b/include/uapi/linux/usb/ch9.h index f738e25377ff..aa33fd1b2d4f 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/usb/ch9.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/usb/ch9.h @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ /* * New Feature Selectors as added by USB 3.0 - * See USB 3.0 spec Table 9-6 + * See USB 3.0 spec Table 9-7 */ #define USB_DEVICE_U1_ENABLE 48 /* dev may initiate U1 transition */ #define USB_DEVICE_U2_ENABLE 49 /* dev may initiate U2 transition */ @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ #define USB_INTR_FUNC_SUSPEND_OPT_MASK 0xFF00 /* - * Suspend Options, Table 9-7 USB 3.0 spec + * Suspend Options, Table 9-8 USB 3.0 spec */ #define USB_INTRF_FUNC_SUSPEND_LP (1 << (8 + 0)) #define USB_INTRF_FUNC_SUSPEND_RW (1 << (8 + 1)) -- cgit v1.2.3 From f53adae4eae5ad9f7343ff4a0fc68b468c981138 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Daniel Borkmann Date: Mon, 8 Apr 2013 04:01:30 +0000 Subject: net: ipv6: add tokenized interface identifier support This patch adds support for IPv6 tokenized IIDs, that allow for administrators to assign well-known host-part addresses to nodes whilst still obtaining global network prefix from Router Advertisements. It is currently in draft status. The primary target for such support is server platforms where addresses are usually manually configured, rather than using DHCPv6 or SLAAC. By using tokenised identifiers, hosts can still determine their network prefix by use of SLAAC, but more readily be automatically renumbered should their network prefix change. [...] The disadvantage with static addresses is that they are likely to require manual editing should the network prefix in use change. If instead there were a method to only manually configure the static identifier part of the IPv6 address, then the address could be automatically updated when a new prefix was introduced, as described in [RFC4192] for example. In such cases a DNS server might be configured with such a tokenised interface identifier of ::53, and SLAAC would use the token in constructing the interface address, using the advertised prefix. [...] http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-chown-6man-tokenised-ipv6-identifiers-02 The implementation is partially based on top of Mark K. Thompson's proof of concept. However, it uses the Netlink interface for configuration resp. data retrival, so that it can be easily extended in future. Successfully tested by myself. Cc: Hannes Frederic Sowa Cc: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki Cc: Thomas Graf Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/if_link.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/if_link.h b/include/uapi/linux/if_link.h index c4edfe11f1f7..6b35c4211f65 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/if_link.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/if_link.h @@ -201,6 +201,7 @@ enum { IFLA_INET6_MCAST, /* MC things. What of them? */ IFLA_INET6_CACHEINFO, /* time values and max reasm size */ IFLA_INET6_ICMP6STATS, /* statistics (icmpv6) */ + IFLA_INET6_TOKEN, /* device token */ __IFLA_INET6_MAX }; -- cgit v1.2.3 From a0a53aa8c7b491a43e2ef66786f9511bae8cbc35 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Samuel Li Date: Mon, 8 Apr 2013 17:25:47 -0400 Subject: drm/radeon: Use direct mapping for fast fb access on RS690 MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit This patch allows the CPU to map the stolen vram segment directly rather than going through the PCI BAR. This significantly improves performance for certain workloads with a properly patched ddx. Use radeon.fastfb=1 to enable it (disabled by default). Currently only supported on RS690, but support for RS780/880 and newer APUs may be added eventually. Signed-off-by: Samuel Li Reviewed-by: Christian König Signed-off-by: Alex Deucher --- include/uapi/drm/radeon_drm.h | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/drm/radeon_drm.h b/include/uapi/drm/radeon_drm.h index eeda91774c8a..6fd25563f301 100644 --- a/include/uapi/drm/radeon_drm.h +++ b/include/uapi/drm/radeon_drm.h @@ -972,6 +972,9 @@ struct drm_radeon_cs { #define RADEON_INFO_MAX_SE 0x12 /* max SH per SE */ #define RADEON_INFO_MAX_SH_PER_SE 0x13 +/* fast fb access is enabled */ +#define RADEON_INFO_FASTFB_WORKING 0x14 + struct drm_radeon_info { uint32_t request; -- cgit v1.2.3 From f2ba57b5eab8817d86d0f108fdf1878e51dc0a37 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: =?UTF-8?q?Christian=20K=C3=B6nig?= Date: Mon, 8 Apr 2013 12:41:29 +0200 Subject: drm/radeon: UVD bringup v8 MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit Just everything needed to decode videos using UVD. v6: just all the bugfixes and support for R7xx-SI merged in one patch v7: UVD_CGC_GATE is a write only register, lockup detection fix v8: split out VRAM fallback changes, remove support for RV770, add support for HEMLOCK, add buffer sizes checks Signed-off-by: Christian König Reviewed-by: Jerome Glisse Signed-off-by: Alex Deucher --- include/uapi/drm/radeon_drm.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/drm/radeon_drm.h b/include/uapi/drm/radeon_drm.h index 6fd25563f301..b1c1a2a4fe33 100644 --- a/include/uapi/drm/radeon_drm.h +++ b/include/uapi/drm/radeon_drm.h @@ -918,6 +918,7 @@ struct drm_radeon_gem_va { #define RADEON_CS_RING_GFX 0 #define RADEON_CS_RING_COMPUTE 1 #define RADEON_CS_RING_DMA 2 +#define RADEON_CS_RING_UVD 3 /* The third dword of RADEON_CHUNK_ID_FLAGS is a sint32 that sets the priority */ /* 0 = normal, + = higher priority, - = lower priority */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 1b8664341100716202c29d67f24d67094a82971e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Daniel Borkmann Date: Tue, 9 Apr 2013 05:54:01 +0000 Subject: net: sctp: introduce uapi header for sctp This patch introduces an UAPI header for the SCTP protocol, so that we can facilitate the maintenance and development of user land applications or libraries, in particular in terms of header synchronization. To not break compatibility, some fragments from lksctp-tools' netinet/sctp.h have been carefully included, while taking care that neither kernel nor user land breaks, so both compile fine with this change (for lksctp-tools I tested with the old netinet/sctp.h header and with a newly adapted one that includes the uapi sctp header). lksctp-tools smoke test run through successfully as well in both cases. Suggested-by: Neil Horman Cc: Neil Horman Cc: Vlad Yasevich Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/Kbuild | 1 + include/uapi/linux/sctp.h | 846 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 847 insertions(+) create mode 100644 include/uapi/linux/sctp.h (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/Kbuild b/include/uapi/linux/Kbuild index 5c8a1d25e21c..7df190525337 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/Kbuild +++ b/include/uapi/linux/Kbuild @@ -331,6 +331,7 @@ header-y += rtnetlink.h header-y += scc.h header-y += sched.h header-y += screen_info.h +header-y += sctp.h header-y += sdla.h header-y += seccomp.h header-y += securebits.h diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/sctp.h b/include/uapi/linux/sctp.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..66b466e4ca08 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/uapi/linux/sctp.h @@ -0,0 +1,846 @@ +/* SCTP kernel implementation + * (C) Copyright IBM Corp. 2001, 2004 + * Copyright (c) 1999-2000 Cisco, Inc. + * Copyright (c) 1999-2001 Motorola, Inc. + * Copyright (c) 2002 Intel Corp. + * + * This file is part of the SCTP kernel implementation + * + * This header represents the structures and constants needed to support + * the SCTP Extension to the Sockets API. + * + * This SCTP implementation is free software; + * you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of + * the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + * any later version. + * + * This SCTP implementation is distributed in the hope that it + * will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied + * ************************ + * warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + * See the GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with GNU CC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to + * the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, + * Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + * + * Please send any bug reports or fixes you make to the + * email address(es): + * lksctp developers + * + * Or submit a bug report through the following website: + * http://www.sf.net/projects/lksctp + * + * Written or modified by: + * La Monte H.P. Yarroll + * R. Stewart + * K. Morneau + * Q. Xie + * Karl Knutson + * Jon Grimm + * Daisy Chang + * Ryan Layer + * Ardelle Fan + * Sridhar Samudrala + * Inaky Perez-Gonzalez + * Vlad Yasevich + * + * Any bugs reported given to us we will try to fix... any fixes shared will + * be incorporated into the next SCTP release. + */ + +#ifndef _UAPI_SCTP_H +#define _UAPI_SCTP_H + +#include +#include + +typedef __s32 sctp_assoc_t; + +/* The following symbols come from the Sockets API Extensions for + * SCTP . + */ +#define SCTP_RTOINFO 0 +#define SCTP_ASSOCINFO 1 +#define SCTP_INITMSG 2 +#define SCTP_NODELAY 3 /* Get/set nodelay option. */ +#define SCTP_AUTOCLOSE 4 +#define SCTP_SET_PEER_PRIMARY_ADDR 5 +#define SCTP_PRIMARY_ADDR 6 +#define SCTP_ADAPTATION_LAYER 7 +#define SCTP_DISABLE_FRAGMENTS 8 +#define SCTP_PEER_ADDR_PARAMS 9 +#define SCTP_DEFAULT_SEND_PARAM 10 +#define SCTP_EVENTS 11 +#define SCTP_I_WANT_MAPPED_V4_ADDR 12 /* Turn on/off mapped v4 addresses */ +#define SCTP_MAXSEG 13 /* Get/set maximum fragment. */ +#define SCTP_STATUS 14 +#define SCTP_GET_PEER_ADDR_INFO 15 +#define SCTP_DELAYED_ACK_TIME 16 +#define SCTP_DELAYED_ACK SCTP_DELAYED_ACK_TIME +#define SCTP_DELAYED_SACK SCTP_DELAYED_ACK_TIME +#define SCTP_CONTEXT 17 +#define SCTP_FRAGMENT_INTERLEAVE 18 +#define SCTP_PARTIAL_DELIVERY_POINT 19 /* Set/Get partial delivery point */ +#define SCTP_MAX_BURST 20 /* Set/Get max burst */ +#define SCTP_AUTH_CHUNK 21 /* Set only: add a chunk type to authenticate */ +#define SCTP_HMAC_IDENT 22 +#define SCTP_AUTH_KEY 23 +#define SCTP_AUTH_ACTIVE_KEY 24 +#define SCTP_AUTH_DELETE_KEY 25 +#define SCTP_PEER_AUTH_CHUNKS 26 /* Read only */ +#define SCTP_LOCAL_AUTH_CHUNKS 27 /* Read only */ +#define SCTP_GET_ASSOC_NUMBER 28 /* Read only */ +#define SCTP_GET_ASSOC_ID_LIST 29 /* Read only */ +#define SCTP_AUTO_ASCONF 30 +#define SCTP_PEER_ADDR_THLDS 31 + +/* Internal Socket Options. Some of the sctp library functions are + * implemented using these socket options. + */ +#define SCTP_SOCKOPT_BINDX_ADD 100 /* BINDX requests for adding addrs */ +#define SCTP_SOCKOPT_BINDX_REM 101 /* BINDX requests for removing addrs. */ +#define SCTP_SOCKOPT_PEELOFF 102 /* peel off association. */ +/* Options 104-106 are deprecated and removed. Do not use this space */ +#define SCTP_SOCKOPT_CONNECTX_OLD 107 /* CONNECTX old requests. */ +#define SCTP_GET_PEER_ADDRS 108 /* Get all peer address. */ +#define SCTP_GET_LOCAL_ADDRS 109 /* Get all local address. */ +#define SCTP_SOCKOPT_CONNECTX 110 /* CONNECTX requests. */ +#define SCTP_SOCKOPT_CONNECTX3 111 /* CONNECTX requests (updated) */ +#define SCTP_GET_ASSOC_STATS 112 /* Read only */ + +/* + * 5.2.1 SCTP Initiation Structure (SCTP_INIT) + * + * This cmsghdr structure provides information for initializing new + * SCTP associations with sendmsg(). The SCTP_INITMSG socket option + * uses this same data structure. This structure is not used for + * recvmsg(). + * + * cmsg_level cmsg_type cmsg_data[] + * ------------ ------------ ---------------------- + * IPPROTO_SCTP SCTP_INIT struct sctp_initmsg + * + */ +struct sctp_initmsg { + __u16 sinit_num_ostreams; + __u16 sinit_max_instreams; + __u16 sinit_max_attempts; + __u16 sinit_max_init_timeo; +}; + +/* + * 5.2.2 SCTP Header Information Structure (SCTP_SNDRCV) + * + * This cmsghdr structure specifies SCTP options for sendmsg() and + * describes SCTP header information about a received message through + * recvmsg(). + * + * cmsg_level cmsg_type cmsg_data[] + * ------------ ------------ ---------------------- + * IPPROTO_SCTP SCTP_SNDRCV struct sctp_sndrcvinfo + * + */ +struct sctp_sndrcvinfo { + __u16 sinfo_stream; + __u16 sinfo_ssn; + __u16 sinfo_flags; + __u32 sinfo_ppid; + __u32 sinfo_context; + __u32 sinfo_timetolive; + __u32 sinfo_tsn; + __u32 sinfo_cumtsn; + sctp_assoc_t sinfo_assoc_id; +}; + +/* + * sinfo_flags: 16 bits (unsigned integer) + * + * This field may contain any of the following flags and is composed of + * a bitwise OR of these values. + */ + +enum sctp_sinfo_flags { + SCTP_UNORDERED = 1, /* Send/receive message unordered. */ + SCTP_ADDR_OVER = 2, /* Override the primary destination. */ + SCTP_ABORT=4, /* Send an ABORT message to the peer. */ + SCTP_SACK_IMMEDIATELY = 8, /* SACK should be sent without delay */ + SCTP_EOF=MSG_FIN, /* Initiate graceful shutdown process. */ +}; + +typedef union { + __u8 raw; + struct sctp_initmsg init; + struct sctp_sndrcvinfo sndrcv; +} sctp_cmsg_data_t; + +/* These are cmsg_types. */ +typedef enum sctp_cmsg_type { + SCTP_INIT, /* 5.2.1 SCTP Initiation Structure */ +#define SCTP_INIT SCTP_INIT + SCTP_SNDRCV, /* 5.2.2 SCTP Header Information Structure */ +#define SCTP_SNDRCV SCTP_SNDRCV +} sctp_cmsg_t; + +/* + * 5.3.1.1 SCTP_ASSOC_CHANGE + * + * Communication notifications inform the ULP that an SCTP association + * has either begun or ended. The identifier for a new association is + * provided by this notificaion. The notification information has the + * following format: + * + */ +struct sctp_assoc_change { + __u16 sac_type; + __u16 sac_flags; + __u32 sac_length; + __u16 sac_state; + __u16 sac_error; + __u16 sac_outbound_streams; + __u16 sac_inbound_streams; + sctp_assoc_t sac_assoc_id; + __u8 sac_info[0]; +}; + +/* + * sac_state: 32 bits (signed integer) + * + * This field holds one of a number of values that communicate the + * event that happened to the association. They include: + * + * Note: The following state names deviate from the API draft as + * the names clash too easily with other kernel symbols. + */ +enum sctp_sac_state { + SCTP_COMM_UP, + SCTP_COMM_LOST, + SCTP_RESTART, + SCTP_SHUTDOWN_COMP, + SCTP_CANT_STR_ASSOC, +}; + +/* + * 5.3.1.2 SCTP_PEER_ADDR_CHANGE + * + * When a destination address on a multi-homed peer encounters a change + * an interface details event is sent. The information has the + * following structure: + */ +struct sctp_paddr_change { + __u16 spc_type; + __u16 spc_flags; + __u32 spc_length; + struct sockaddr_storage spc_aaddr; + int spc_state; + int spc_error; + sctp_assoc_t spc_assoc_id; +} __attribute__((packed, aligned(4))); + +/* + * spc_state: 32 bits (signed integer) + * + * This field holds one of a number of values that communicate the + * event that happened to the address. They include: + */ +enum sctp_spc_state { + SCTP_ADDR_AVAILABLE, + SCTP_ADDR_UNREACHABLE, + SCTP_ADDR_REMOVED, + SCTP_ADDR_ADDED, + SCTP_ADDR_MADE_PRIM, + SCTP_ADDR_CONFIRMED, +}; + + +/* + * 5.3.1.3 SCTP_REMOTE_ERROR + * + * A remote peer may send an Operational Error message to its peer. + * This message indicates a variety of error conditions on an + * association. The entire error TLV as it appears on the wire is + * included in a SCTP_REMOTE_ERROR event. Please refer to the SCTP + * specification [SCTP] and any extensions for a list of possible + * error formats. SCTP error TLVs have the format: + */ +struct sctp_remote_error { + __u16 sre_type; + __u16 sre_flags; + __u32 sre_length; + __u16 sre_error; + sctp_assoc_t sre_assoc_id; + __u8 sre_data[0]; +}; + + +/* + * 5.3.1.4 SCTP_SEND_FAILED + * + * If SCTP cannot deliver a message it may return the message as a + * notification. + */ +struct sctp_send_failed { + __u16 ssf_type; + __u16 ssf_flags; + __u32 ssf_length; + __u32 ssf_error; + struct sctp_sndrcvinfo ssf_info; + sctp_assoc_t ssf_assoc_id; + __u8 ssf_data[0]; +}; + +/* + * ssf_flags: 16 bits (unsigned integer) + * + * The flag value will take one of the following values + * + * SCTP_DATA_UNSENT - Indicates that the data was never put on + * the wire. + * + * SCTP_DATA_SENT - Indicates that the data was put on the wire. + * Note that this does not necessarily mean that the + * data was (or was not) successfully delivered. + */ +enum sctp_ssf_flags { + SCTP_DATA_UNSENT, + SCTP_DATA_SENT, +}; + +/* + * 5.3.1.5 SCTP_SHUTDOWN_EVENT + * + * When a peer sends a SHUTDOWN, SCTP delivers this notification to + * inform the application that it should cease sending data. + */ +struct sctp_shutdown_event { + __u16 sse_type; + __u16 sse_flags; + __u32 sse_length; + sctp_assoc_t sse_assoc_id; +}; + +/* + * 5.3.1.6 SCTP_ADAPTATION_INDICATION + * + * When a peer sends a Adaptation Layer Indication parameter , SCTP + * delivers this notification to inform the application + * that of the peers requested adaptation layer. + */ +struct sctp_adaptation_event { + __u16 sai_type; + __u16 sai_flags; + __u32 sai_length; + __u32 sai_adaptation_ind; + sctp_assoc_t sai_assoc_id; +}; + +/* + * 5.3.1.7 SCTP_PARTIAL_DELIVERY_EVENT + * + * When a receiver is engaged in a partial delivery of a + * message this notification will be used to indicate + * various events. + */ +struct sctp_pdapi_event { + __u16 pdapi_type; + __u16 pdapi_flags; + __u32 pdapi_length; + __u32 pdapi_indication; + sctp_assoc_t pdapi_assoc_id; +}; + +enum { SCTP_PARTIAL_DELIVERY_ABORTED=0, }; + +/* + * 5.3.1.8. SCTP_AUTHENTICATION_EVENT + * + * When a receiver is using authentication this message will provide + * notifications regarding new keys being made active as well as errors. + */ +struct sctp_authkey_event { + __u16 auth_type; + __u16 auth_flags; + __u32 auth_length; + __u16 auth_keynumber; + __u16 auth_altkeynumber; + __u32 auth_indication; + sctp_assoc_t auth_assoc_id; +}; + +enum { SCTP_AUTH_NEWKEY = 0, }; + +/* + * 6.1.9. SCTP_SENDER_DRY_EVENT + * + * When the SCTP stack has no more user data to send or retransmit, this + * notification is given to the user. Also, at the time when a user app + * subscribes to this event, if there is no data to be sent or + * retransmit, the stack will immediately send up this notification. + */ +struct sctp_sender_dry_event { + __u16 sender_dry_type; + __u16 sender_dry_flags; + __u32 sender_dry_length; + sctp_assoc_t sender_dry_assoc_id; +}; + +/* + * Described in Section 7.3 + * Ancillary Data and Notification Interest Options + */ +struct sctp_event_subscribe { + __u8 sctp_data_io_event; + __u8 sctp_association_event; + __u8 sctp_address_event; + __u8 sctp_send_failure_event; + __u8 sctp_peer_error_event; + __u8 sctp_shutdown_event; + __u8 sctp_partial_delivery_event; + __u8 sctp_adaptation_layer_event; + __u8 sctp_authentication_event; + __u8 sctp_sender_dry_event; +}; + +/* + * 5.3.1 SCTP Notification Structure + * + * The notification structure is defined as the union of all + * notification types. + * + */ +union sctp_notification { + struct { + __u16 sn_type; /* Notification type. */ + __u16 sn_flags; + __u32 sn_length; + } sn_header; + struct sctp_assoc_change sn_assoc_change; + struct sctp_paddr_change sn_paddr_change; + struct sctp_remote_error sn_remote_error; + struct sctp_send_failed sn_send_failed; + struct sctp_shutdown_event sn_shutdown_event; + struct sctp_adaptation_event sn_adaptation_event; + struct sctp_pdapi_event sn_pdapi_event; + struct sctp_authkey_event sn_authkey_event; + struct sctp_sender_dry_event sn_sender_dry_event; +}; + +/* Section 5.3.1 + * All standard values for sn_type flags are greater than 2^15. + * Values from 2^15 and down are reserved. + */ + +enum sctp_sn_type { + SCTP_SN_TYPE_BASE = (1<<15), + SCTP_ASSOC_CHANGE, +#define SCTP_ASSOC_CHANGE SCTP_ASSOC_CHANGE + SCTP_PEER_ADDR_CHANGE, +#define SCTP_PEER_ADDR_CHANGE SCTP_PEER_ADDR_CHANGE + SCTP_SEND_FAILED, +#define SCTP_SEND_FAILED SCTP_SEND_FAILED + SCTP_REMOTE_ERROR, +#define SCTP_REMOTE_ERROR SCTP_REMOTE_ERROR + SCTP_SHUTDOWN_EVENT, +#define SCTP_SHUTDOWN_EVENT SCTP_SHUTDOWN_EVENT + SCTP_PARTIAL_DELIVERY_EVENT, +#define SCTP_PARTIAL_DELIVERY_EVENT SCTP_PARTIAL_DELIVERY_EVENT + SCTP_ADAPTATION_INDICATION, +#define SCTP_ADAPTATION_INDICATION SCTP_ADAPTATION_INDICATION + SCTP_AUTHENTICATION_EVENT, +#define SCTP_AUTHENTICATION_INDICATION SCTP_AUTHENTICATION_EVENT + SCTP_SENDER_DRY_EVENT, +#define SCTP_SENDER_DRY_EVENT SCTP_SENDER_DRY_EVENT +}; + +/* Notification error codes used to fill up the error fields in some + * notifications. + * SCTP_PEER_ADDRESS_CHAGE : spc_error + * SCTP_ASSOC_CHANGE : sac_error + * These names should be potentially included in the draft 04 of the SCTP + * sockets API specification. + */ +typedef enum sctp_sn_error { + SCTP_FAILED_THRESHOLD, + SCTP_RECEIVED_SACK, + SCTP_HEARTBEAT_SUCCESS, + SCTP_RESPONSE_TO_USER_REQ, + SCTP_INTERNAL_ERROR, + SCTP_SHUTDOWN_GUARD_EXPIRES, + SCTP_PEER_FAULTY, +} sctp_sn_error_t; + +/* + * 7.1.1 Retransmission Timeout Parameters (SCTP_RTOINFO) + * + * The protocol parameters used to initialize and bound retransmission + * timeout (RTO) are tunable. See [SCTP] for more information on how + * these parameters are used in RTO calculation. + */ +struct sctp_rtoinfo { + sctp_assoc_t srto_assoc_id; + __u32 srto_initial; + __u32 srto_max; + __u32 srto_min; +}; + +/* + * 7.1.2 Association Parameters (SCTP_ASSOCINFO) + * + * This option is used to both examine and set various association and + * endpoint parameters. + */ +struct sctp_assocparams { + sctp_assoc_t sasoc_assoc_id; + __u16 sasoc_asocmaxrxt; + __u16 sasoc_number_peer_destinations; + __u32 sasoc_peer_rwnd; + __u32 sasoc_local_rwnd; + __u32 sasoc_cookie_life; +}; + +/* + * 7.1.9 Set Peer Primary Address (SCTP_SET_PEER_PRIMARY_ADDR) + * + * Requests that the peer mark the enclosed address as the association + * primary. The enclosed address must be one of the association's + * locally bound addresses. The following structure is used to make a + * set primary request: + */ +struct sctp_setpeerprim { + sctp_assoc_t sspp_assoc_id; + struct sockaddr_storage sspp_addr; +} __attribute__((packed, aligned(4))); + +/* + * 7.1.10 Set Primary Address (SCTP_PRIMARY_ADDR) + * + * Requests that the local SCTP stack use the enclosed peer address as + * the association primary. The enclosed address must be one of the + * association peer's addresses. The following structure is used to + * make a set peer primary request: + */ +struct sctp_prim { + sctp_assoc_t ssp_assoc_id; + struct sockaddr_storage ssp_addr; +} __attribute__((packed, aligned(4))); + +/* For backward compatibility use, define the old name too */ +#define sctp_setprim sctp_prim + +/* + * 7.1.11 Set Adaptation Layer Indicator (SCTP_ADAPTATION_LAYER) + * + * Requests that the local endpoint set the specified Adaptation Layer + * Indication parameter for all future INIT and INIT-ACK exchanges. + */ +struct sctp_setadaptation { + __u32 ssb_adaptation_ind; +}; + +/* + * 7.1.13 Peer Address Parameters (SCTP_PEER_ADDR_PARAMS) + * + * Applications can enable or disable heartbeats for any peer address + * of an association, modify an address's heartbeat interval, force a + * heartbeat to be sent immediately, and adjust the address's maximum + * number of retransmissions sent before an address is considered + * unreachable. The following structure is used to access and modify an + * address's parameters: + */ +enum sctp_spp_flags { + SPP_HB_ENABLE = 1<<0, /*Enable heartbeats*/ + SPP_HB_DISABLE = 1<<1, /*Disable heartbeats*/ + SPP_HB = SPP_HB_ENABLE | SPP_HB_DISABLE, + SPP_HB_DEMAND = 1<<2, /*Send heartbeat immediately*/ + SPP_PMTUD_ENABLE = 1<<3, /*Enable PMTU discovery*/ + SPP_PMTUD_DISABLE = 1<<4, /*Disable PMTU discovery*/ + SPP_PMTUD = SPP_PMTUD_ENABLE | SPP_PMTUD_DISABLE, + SPP_SACKDELAY_ENABLE = 1<<5, /*Enable SACK*/ + SPP_SACKDELAY_DISABLE = 1<<6, /*Disable SACK*/ + SPP_SACKDELAY = SPP_SACKDELAY_ENABLE | SPP_SACKDELAY_DISABLE, + SPP_HB_TIME_IS_ZERO = 1<<7, /* Set HB delay to 0 */ +}; + +struct sctp_paddrparams { + sctp_assoc_t spp_assoc_id; + struct sockaddr_storage spp_address; + __u32 spp_hbinterval; + __u16 spp_pathmaxrxt; + __u32 spp_pathmtu; + __u32 spp_sackdelay; + __u32 spp_flags; +} __attribute__((packed, aligned(4))); + +/* + * 7.1.18. Add a chunk that must be authenticated (SCTP_AUTH_CHUNK) + * + * This set option adds a chunk type that the user is requesting to be + * received only in an authenticated way. Changes to the list of chunks + * will only effect future associations on the socket. + */ +struct sctp_authchunk { + __u8 sauth_chunk; +}; + +/* + * 7.1.19. Get or set the list of supported HMAC Identifiers (SCTP_HMAC_IDENT) + * + * This option gets or sets the list of HMAC algorithms that the local + * endpoint requires the peer to use. + */ +#ifndef __KERNEL__ +/* This here is only used by user space as is. It might not be a good idea + * to export/reveal the whole structure with reserved fields etc. + */ +enum { + SCTP_AUTH_HMAC_ID_SHA1 = 1, + SCTP_AUTH_HMAC_ID_SHA256 = 3, +}; +#endif + +struct sctp_hmacalgo { + __u32 shmac_num_idents; + __u16 shmac_idents[]; +}; + +/* Sadly, user and kernel space have different names for + * this structure member, so this is to not break anything. + */ +#define shmac_number_of_idents shmac_num_idents + +/* + * 7.1.20. Set a shared key (SCTP_AUTH_KEY) + * + * This option will set a shared secret key which is used to build an + * association shared key. + */ +struct sctp_authkey { + sctp_assoc_t sca_assoc_id; + __u16 sca_keynumber; + __u16 sca_keylength; + __u8 sca_key[]; +}; + +/* + * 7.1.21. Get or set the active shared key (SCTP_AUTH_ACTIVE_KEY) + * + * This option will get or set the active shared key to be used to build + * the association shared key. + */ + +struct sctp_authkeyid { + sctp_assoc_t scact_assoc_id; + __u16 scact_keynumber; +}; + + +/* + * 7.1.23. Get or set delayed ack timer (SCTP_DELAYED_SACK) + * + * This option will effect the way delayed acks are performed. This + * option allows you to get or set the delayed ack time, in + * milliseconds. It also allows changing the delayed ack frequency. + * Changing the frequency to 1 disables the delayed sack algorithm. If + * the assoc_id is 0, then this sets or gets the endpoints default + * values. If the assoc_id field is non-zero, then the set or get + * effects the specified association for the one to many model (the + * assoc_id field is ignored by the one to one model). Note that if + * sack_delay or sack_freq are 0 when setting this option, then the + * current values will remain unchanged. + */ +struct sctp_sack_info { + sctp_assoc_t sack_assoc_id; + uint32_t sack_delay; + uint32_t sack_freq; +}; + +struct sctp_assoc_value { + sctp_assoc_t assoc_id; + uint32_t assoc_value; +}; + +/* + * 7.2.2 Peer Address Information + * + * Applications can retrieve information about a specific peer address + * of an association, including its reachability state, congestion + * window, and retransmission timer values. This information is + * read-only. The following structure is used to access this + * information: + */ +struct sctp_paddrinfo { + sctp_assoc_t spinfo_assoc_id; + struct sockaddr_storage spinfo_address; + __s32 spinfo_state; + __u32 spinfo_cwnd; + __u32 spinfo_srtt; + __u32 spinfo_rto; + __u32 spinfo_mtu; +} __attribute__((packed, aligned(4))); + +/* Peer addresses's state. */ +/* UNKNOWN: Peer address passed by the upper layer in sendmsg or connect[x] + * calls. + * UNCONFIRMED: Peer address received in INIT/INIT-ACK address parameters. + * Not yet confirmed by a heartbeat and not available for data + * transfers. + * ACTIVE : Peer address confirmed, active and available for data transfers. + * INACTIVE: Peer address inactive and not available for data transfers. + */ +enum sctp_spinfo_state { + SCTP_INACTIVE, + SCTP_PF, + SCTP_ACTIVE, + SCTP_UNCONFIRMED, + SCTP_UNKNOWN = 0xffff /* Value used for transport state unknown */ +}; + +/* + * 7.2.1 Association Status (SCTP_STATUS) + * + * Applications can retrieve current status information about an + * association, including association state, peer receiver window size, + * number of unacked data chunks, and number of data chunks pending + * receipt. This information is read-only. The following structure is + * used to access this information: + */ +struct sctp_status { + sctp_assoc_t sstat_assoc_id; + __s32 sstat_state; + __u32 sstat_rwnd; + __u16 sstat_unackdata; + __u16 sstat_penddata; + __u16 sstat_instrms; + __u16 sstat_outstrms; + __u32 sstat_fragmentation_point; + struct sctp_paddrinfo sstat_primary; +}; + +/* + * 7.2.3. Get the list of chunks the peer requires to be authenticated + * (SCTP_PEER_AUTH_CHUNKS) + * + * This option gets a list of chunks for a specified association that + * the peer requires to be received authenticated only. + */ +struct sctp_authchunks { + sctp_assoc_t gauth_assoc_id; + __u32 gauth_number_of_chunks; + uint8_t gauth_chunks[]; +}; + +/* The broken spelling has been released already in lksctp-tools header, + * so don't break anyone, now that it's fixed. + */ +#define guth_number_of_chunks gauth_number_of_chunks + +/* Association states. */ +enum sctp_sstat_state { + SCTP_EMPTY = 0, + SCTP_CLOSED = 1, + SCTP_COOKIE_WAIT = 2, + SCTP_COOKIE_ECHOED = 3, + SCTP_ESTABLISHED = 4, + SCTP_SHUTDOWN_PENDING = 5, + SCTP_SHUTDOWN_SENT = 6, + SCTP_SHUTDOWN_RECEIVED = 7, + SCTP_SHUTDOWN_ACK_SENT = 8, +}; + +/* + * 8.2.6. Get the Current Identifiers of Associations + * (SCTP_GET_ASSOC_ID_LIST) + * + * This option gets the current list of SCTP association identifiers of + * the SCTP associations handled by a one-to-many style socket. + */ +struct sctp_assoc_ids { + __u32 gaids_number_of_ids; + sctp_assoc_t gaids_assoc_id[]; +}; + +/* + * 8.3, 8.5 get all peer/local addresses in an association. + * This parameter struct is used by SCTP_GET_PEER_ADDRS and + * SCTP_GET_LOCAL_ADDRS socket options used internally to implement + * sctp_getpaddrs() and sctp_getladdrs() API. + */ +struct sctp_getaddrs_old { + sctp_assoc_t assoc_id; + int addr_num; +#ifdef __KERNEL__ + struct sockaddr __user *addrs; +#else + struct sockaddr *addrs; +#endif +}; + +struct sctp_getaddrs { + sctp_assoc_t assoc_id; /*input*/ + __u32 addr_num; /*output*/ + __u8 addrs[0]; /*output, variable size*/ +}; + +/* A socket user request obtained via SCTP_GET_ASSOC_STATS that retrieves + * association stats. All stats are counts except sas_maxrto and + * sas_obs_rto_ipaddr. maxrto is the max observed rto + transport since + * the last call. Will return 0 when RTO was not update since last call + */ +struct sctp_assoc_stats { + sctp_assoc_t sas_assoc_id; /* Input */ + /* Transport of observed max RTO */ + struct sockaddr_storage sas_obs_rto_ipaddr; + __u64 sas_maxrto; /* Maximum Observed RTO for period */ + __u64 sas_isacks; /* SACKs received */ + __u64 sas_osacks; /* SACKs sent */ + __u64 sas_opackets; /* Packets sent */ + __u64 sas_ipackets; /* Packets received */ + __u64 sas_rtxchunks; /* Retransmitted Chunks */ + __u64 sas_outofseqtsns;/* TSN received > next expected */ + __u64 sas_idupchunks; /* Dups received (ordered+unordered) */ + __u64 sas_gapcnt; /* Gap Acknowledgements Received */ + __u64 sas_ouodchunks; /* Unordered data chunks sent */ + __u64 sas_iuodchunks; /* Unordered data chunks received */ + __u64 sas_oodchunks; /* Ordered data chunks sent */ + __u64 sas_iodchunks; /* Ordered data chunks received */ + __u64 sas_octrlchunks; /* Control chunks sent */ + __u64 sas_ictrlchunks; /* Control chunks received */ +}; + +/* These are bit fields for msghdr->msg_flags. See section 5.1. */ +/* On user space Linux, these live in as an enum. */ +enum sctp_msg_flags { + MSG_NOTIFICATION = 0x8000, +#define MSG_NOTIFICATION MSG_NOTIFICATION +}; + +/* + * 8.1 sctp_bindx() + * + * The flags parameter is formed from the bitwise OR of zero or more of the + * following currently defined flags: + */ +#define SCTP_BINDX_ADD_ADDR 0x01 +#define SCTP_BINDX_REM_ADDR 0x02 + +/* This is the structure that is passed as an argument(optval) to + * getsockopt(SCTP_SOCKOPT_PEELOFF). + */ +typedef struct { + sctp_assoc_t associd; + int sd; +} sctp_peeloff_arg_t; + +/* + * Peer Address Thresholds socket option + */ +struct sctp_paddrthlds { + sctp_assoc_t spt_assoc_id; + struct sockaddr_storage spt_address; + __u16 spt_pathmaxrxt; + __u16 spt_pathpfthld; +}; + +#endif /* _UAPI_SCTP_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 902aaef6c698ce0f04a6acab2d5396519d5de330 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: =?UTF-8?q?Christian=20K=C3=B6nig?= Date: Tue, 9 Apr 2013 10:35:42 -0400 Subject: drm/radeon: add ring working query MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit Add new ioctl option and bumb minor version number. Signed-off-by: Christian König Reviewed-by: Jerome Glisse Signed-off-by: Alex Deucher --- include/uapi/drm/radeon_drm.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/drm/radeon_drm.h b/include/uapi/drm/radeon_drm.h index b1c1a2a4fe33..05ed0107584d 100644 --- a/include/uapi/drm/radeon_drm.h +++ b/include/uapi/drm/radeon_drm.h @@ -975,6 +975,8 @@ struct drm_radeon_cs { #define RADEON_INFO_MAX_SH_PER_SE 0x13 /* fast fb access is enabled */ #define RADEON_INFO_FASTFB_WORKING 0x14 +/* query if a RADEON_CS_RING_* submission is supported */ +#define RADEON_INFO_RING_WORKING 0x15 struct drm_radeon_info { -- cgit v1.2.3 From 64d7b8bed851f55a17d15ec6cc60233c85f84357 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jerome Glisse Date: Tue, 9 Apr 2013 11:17:08 -0400 Subject: drm/radeon: add si tile mode array query v3 Allow userspace to query for the tile mode array so userspace can properly compute surface pitch and alignment requirement depending on tiling. v2: Make strict aliasing safer by casting to char when copying v3: merge fix from Christian Signed-off-by: Jerome Glisse Signed-off-by: Alex Deucher --- include/uapi/drm/radeon_drm.h | 20 ++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 20 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/drm/radeon_drm.h b/include/uapi/drm/radeon_drm.h index 05ed0107584d..321d4ac5c512 100644 --- a/include/uapi/drm/radeon_drm.h +++ b/include/uapi/drm/radeon_drm.h @@ -977,6 +977,8 @@ struct drm_radeon_cs { #define RADEON_INFO_FASTFB_WORKING 0x14 /* query if a RADEON_CS_RING_* submission is supported */ #define RADEON_INFO_RING_WORKING 0x15 +/* SI tile mode array */ +#define RADEON_INFO_SI_TILE_MODE_ARRAY 0x16 struct drm_radeon_info { @@ -985,4 +987,22 @@ struct drm_radeon_info { uint64_t value; }; +/* Those correspond to the tile index to use, this is to explicitly state + * the API that is implicitly defined by the tile mode array. + */ +#define SI_TILE_MODE_COLOR_LINEAR_ALIGNED 8 +#define SI_TILE_MODE_COLOR_1D 13 +#define SI_TILE_MODE_COLOR_1D_SCANOUT 9 +#define SI_TILE_MODE_COLOR_2D_8BPP 14 +#define SI_TILE_MODE_COLOR_2D_16BPP 15 +#define SI_TILE_MODE_COLOR_2D_32BPP 16 +#define SI_TILE_MODE_COLOR_2D_64BPP 17 +#define SI_TILE_MODE_COLOR_2D_SCANOUT_16BPP 11 +#define SI_TILE_MODE_COLOR_2D_SCANOUT_32BPP 12 +#define SI_TILE_MODE_DEPTH_STENCIL_1D 4 +#define SI_TILE_MODE_DEPTH_STENCIL_2D 0 +#define SI_TILE_MODE_DEPTH_STENCIL_2D_2AA 3 +#define SI_TILE_MODE_DEPTH_STENCIL_2D_4AA 3 +#define SI_TILE_MODE_DEPTH_STENCIL_2D_8AA 2 + #endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From 064f370c5fd982e1264c03f5b704e00f5e41eb36 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Thierry Escande Date: Tue, 2 Apr 2013 10:25:16 +0200 Subject: NFC: llcp: Add support in getsockopt for RW, LTO, and MIU remote parameters Useful for LLCP validation tests. Signed-off-by: Thierry Escande Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz --- include/uapi/linux/nfc.h | 7 +++++-- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/nfc.h b/include/uapi/linux/nfc.h index 7440bc81a04b..7c6f627a717d 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/nfc.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/nfc.h @@ -233,7 +233,10 @@ struct sockaddr_nfc_llcp { #define NFC_LLCP_DIRECTION_TX 0x01 /* socket option names */ -#define NFC_LLCP_RW 0 -#define NFC_LLCP_MIUX 1 +#define NFC_LLCP_RW 0 +#define NFC_LLCP_MIUX 1 +#define NFC_LLCP_REMOTE_MIU 2 +#define NFC_LLCP_REMOTE_LTO 3 +#define NFC_LLCP_REMOTE_RW 4 #endif /*__LINUX_NFC_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From f64122c1f6ade301585569863b4b3b18f6e4e332 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Dave Airlie Date: Mon, 25 Feb 2013 14:47:55 +1000 Subject: drm: add new QXL driver. (v1.4) QXL is a paravirtual graphics device used by the Spice virtual desktop interface. The drivers uses GEM and TTM to manage memory, the qxl hw fencing however is quite different than normal TTM expects, we have to keep track of a number of non-linear fence ids per bo that we need to have released by the hardware. The releases are freed from a workqueue that wakes up and processes the release ring. releases are suballocated from a BO, there are 3 release categories, drawables, surfaces and cursor cmds. The hw also has 3 rings for commands, cursor and release handling. The hardware also have a surface id tracking mechnaism and the driver encapsulates it completely inside the kernel, userspace never sees the actual hw surface ids. This requires a newer version of the QXL userspace driver, so shouldn't be enabled until that has been placed into your distro of choice. Authors: Dave Airlie, Alon Levy v1.1: fixup some issues in the ioctl interface with padding v1.2: add module device table v1.3: fix nomodeset, fbcon leak, dumb bo create, release ring irq, don't try flush release ring (broken hw), fix -modesetting. v1.4: fbcon cpu usage reduction + suitable accel flags. Signed-off-by: Alon Levy Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie --- include/uapi/drm/Kbuild | 1 + include/uapi/drm/qxl_drm.h | 152 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 153 insertions(+) create mode 100644 include/uapi/drm/qxl_drm.h (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/drm/Kbuild b/include/uapi/drm/Kbuild index ba99ce3f7372..a042a957296d 100644 --- a/include/uapi/drm/Kbuild +++ b/include/uapi/drm/Kbuild @@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ header-y += i810_drm.h header-y += i915_drm.h header-y += mga_drm.h header-y += nouveau_drm.h +header-y += qxl_drm.h header-y += r128_drm.h header-y += radeon_drm.h header-y += savage_drm.h diff --git a/include/uapi/drm/qxl_drm.h b/include/uapi/drm/qxl_drm.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ebebd36c4117 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/uapi/drm/qxl_drm.h @@ -0,0 +1,152 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2013 Red Hat + * All Rights Reserved. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a + * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), + * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation + * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, + * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the + * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next + * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the + * Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, + * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL + * THE AUTHORS AND/OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR + * OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, + * ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR + * OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ +#ifndef QXL_DRM_H +#define QXL_DRM_H + +#include +#include "drm/drm.h" + +/* Please note that modifications to all structs defined here are + * subject to backwards-compatibility constraints. + * + * Do not use pointers, use uint64_t instead for 32 bit / 64 bit user/kernel + * compatibility Keep fields aligned to their size + */ + +#define QXL_GEM_DOMAIN_CPU 0 +#define QXL_GEM_DOMAIN_VRAM 1 +#define QXL_GEM_DOMAIN_SURFACE 2 + +#define DRM_QXL_ALLOC 0x00 +#define DRM_QXL_MAP 0x01 +#define DRM_QXL_EXECBUFFER 0x02 +#define DRM_QXL_UPDATE_AREA 0x03 +#define DRM_QXL_GETPARAM 0x04 +#define DRM_QXL_CLIENTCAP 0x05 + +#define DRM_QXL_ALLOC_SURF 0x06 + +struct drm_qxl_alloc { + uint32_t size; + uint32_t handle; /* 0 is an invalid handle */ +}; + +struct drm_qxl_map { + uint64_t offset; /* use for mmap system call */ + uint32_t handle; + uint32_t pad; +}; + +/* + * dest is the bo we are writing the relocation into + * src is bo we are relocating. + * *(dest_handle.base_addr + dest_offset) = physical_address(src_handle.addr + + * src_offset) + */ +#define QXL_RELOC_TYPE_BO 1 +#define QXL_RELOC_TYPE_SURF 2 + +struct drm_qxl_reloc { + uint64_t src_offset; /* offset into src_handle or src buffer */ + uint64_t dst_offset; /* offset in dest handle */ + uint32_t src_handle; /* dest handle to compute address from */ + uint32_t dst_handle; /* 0 if to command buffer */ + uint32_t reloc_type; + uint32_t pad; +}; + +struct drm_qxl_command { + uint64_t __user command; /* void* */ + uint64_t __user relocs; /* struct drm_qxl_reloc* */ + uint32_t type; + uint32_t command_size; + uint32_t relocs_num; + uint32_t pad; +}; + +/* XXX: call it drm_qxl_commands? */ +struct drm_qxl_execbuffer { + uint32_t flags; /* for future use */ + uint32_t commands_num; + uint64_t __user commands; /* struct drm_qxl_command* */ +}; + +struct drm_qxl_update_area { + uint32_t handle; + uint32_t top; + uint32_t left; + uint32_t bottom; + uint32_t right; + uint32_t pad; +}; + +#define QXL_PARAM_NUM_SURFACES 1 /* rom->n_surfaces */ +#define QXL_PARAM_MAX_RELOCS 2 +struct drm_qxl_getparam { + uint64_t param; + uint64_t value; +}; + +/* these are one bit values */ +struct drm_qxl_clientcap { + uint32_t index; + uint32_t pad; +}; + +struct drm_qxl_alloc_surf { + uint32_t format; + uint32_t width; + uint32_t height; + int32_t stride; + uint32_t handle; + uint32_t pad; +}; + +#define DRM_IOCTL_QXL_ALLOC \ + DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_QXL_ALLOC, struct drm_qxl_alloc) + +#define DRM_IOCTL_QXL_MAP \ + DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_QXL_MAP, struct drm_qxl_map) + +#define DRM_IOCTL_QXL_EXECBUFFER \ + DRM_IOW(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_QXL_EXECBUFFER,\ + struct drm_qxl_execbuffer) + +#define DRM_IOCTL_QXL_UPDATE_AREA \ + DRM_IOW(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_QXL_UPDATE_AREA,\ + struct drm_qxl_update_area) + +#define DRM_IOCTL_QXL_GETPARAM \ + DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_QXL_GETPARAM,\ + struct drm_qxl_getparam) + +#define DRM_IOCTL_QXL_CLIENTCAP \ + DRM_IOW(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_QXL_CLIENTCAP,\ + struct drm_qxl_clientcap) + +#define DRM_IOCTL_QXL_ALLOC_SURF \ + DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_QXL_ALLOC_SURF,\ + struct drm_qxl_alloc_surf) + +#endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From 715f59cc2391cb4e28a4d464a0564a60a00ecca4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Christopher Harvey Date: Fri, 5 Apr 2013 15:28:32 +0000 Subject: drm: Misc comment cleanup Signed-off-by: Christopher Harvey Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie --- include/uapi/drm/drm_mode.h | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/drm/drm_mode.h b/include/uapi/drm/drm_mode.h index 3d6301b6ec16..090e5331ab7e 100644 --- a/include/uapi/drm/drm_mode.h +++ b/include/uapi/drm/drm_mode.h @@ -367,13 +367,13 @@ struct drm_mode_mode_cmd { * depending on the value in flags different members are used. * * CURSOR_BO uses - * crtc + * crtc_id * width * height - * handle - if 0 turns the cursor of + * handle - if 0 turns the cursor off * * CURSOR_MOVE uses - * crtc + * crtc_id * x * y */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 44b3decb414919760c7327df05e63372c1bf5d9a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Samuel Ortiz Date: Thu, 11 Apr 2013 11:51:36 +0200 Subject: rfkill: Add NFC to the list of supported radios And return the proper string for it. Acked-by: Johannes Berg Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz --- include/uapi/linux/rfkill.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/rfkill.h b/include/uapi/linux/rfkill.h index 2753c6cc9740..058757f7a733 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/rfkill.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/rfkill.h @@ -37,6 +37,7 @@ * @RFKILL_TYPE_WWAN: switch is on a wireless WAN device. * @RFKILL_TYPE_GPS: switch is on a GPS device. * @RFKILL_TYPE_FM: switch is on a FM radio device. + * @RFKILL_TYPE_NFC: switch is on an NFC device. * @NUM_RFKILL_TYPES: number of defined rfkill types */ enum rfkill_type { @@ -48,6 +49,7 @@ enum rfkill_type { RFKILL_TYPE_WWAN, RFKILL_TYPE_GPS, RFKILL_TYPE_FM, + RFKILL_TYPE_NFC, NUM_RFKILL_TYPES, }; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 3eef25107cab65a1158b11ba373fb9b4fc25b4b8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Hans Verkuil Date: Wed, 3 Apr 2013 04:08:19 -0300 Subject: [media] v4l2: drop V4L2_CHIP_MATCH_SUBDEV_NAME After using the new VIDIOC_DBG_G_CHIP_NAME ioctl I realized that the matching by name possibility is useless. Just drop it and rename MATCH_SUBDEV_IDX to just MATCH_SUBDEV. The v4l2-dbg utility is much better placed to match by name by just enumerating all bridge and subdev devices until chip_name.name matches. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h b/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h index e9c49c5e6416..4c941c103c44 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h @@ -1812,8 +1812,7 @@ struct v4l2_event_subscription { #define V4L2_CHIP_MATCH_I2C_DRIVER 1 /* Match against I2C driver name */ #define V4L2_CHIP_MATCH_I2C_ADDR 2 /* Match against I2C 7-bit address */ #define V4L2_CHIP_MATCH_AC97 3 /* Match against anciliary AC97 chip */ -#define V4L2_CHIP_MATCH_SUBDEV_NAME 4 /* Match against subdev name */ -#define V4L2_CHIP_MATCH_SUBDEV_IDX 5 /* Match against subdev index */ +#define V4L2_CHIP_MATCH_SUBDEV 4 /* Match against subdev index */ struct v4l2_dbg_match { __u32 type; /* Match type */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 96b03d2a3078d5e95a8b106634faa7cea88ebe5e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Hans Verkuil Date: Sat, 6 Apr 2013 06:16:58 -0300 Subject: [media] v4l2: rename VIDIOC_DBG_G_CHIP_NAME to _CHIP_INFO This ioctl will be extended to return more information than just the name. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h | 8 ++++---- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h b/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h index 4c941c103c44..be43b4659527 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h @@ -1839,8 +1839,8 @@ struct v4l2_dbg_chip_ident { #define V4L2_CHIP_FL_READABLE (1 << 0) #define V4L2_CHIP_FL_WRITABLE (1 << 1) -/* VIDIOC_DBG_G_CHIP_NAME */ -struct v4l2_dbg_chip_name { +/* VIDIOC_DBG_G_CHIP_INFO */ +struct v4l2_dbg_chip_info { struct v4l2_dbg_match match; char name[32]; __u32 flags; @@ -1938,7 +1938,7 @@ struct v4l2_create_buffers { /* Experimental, meant for debugging, testing and internal use. Never use this ioctl in applications! - Note: this ioctl is deprecated in favor of VIDIOC_DBG_G_CHIP_NAME and + Note: this ioctl is deprecated in favor of VIDIOC_DBG_G_CHIP_INFO and will go away in the future. */ #define VIDIOC_DBG_G_CHIP_IDENT _IOWR('V', 81, struct v4l2_dbg_chip_ident) @@ -1976,7 +1976,7 @@ struct v4l2_create_buffers { /* Experimental, meant for debugging, testing and internal use. Never use these in applications! */ -#define VIDIOC_DBG_G_CHIP_NAME _IOWR('V', 102, struct v4l2_dbg_chip_name) +#define VIDIOC_DBG_G_CHIP_INFO _IOWR('V', 102, struct v4l2_dbg_chip_info) /* Reminder: when adding new ioctls please add support for them to drivers/media/video/v4l2-compat-ioctl32.c as well! */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From b8399b83058848979538932473d817559f7ff8fb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Hans Verkuil Date: Mon, 8 Apr 2013 11:53:55 -0300 Subject: [media] videodev2.h: increase size of 'reserved' array Increase the size of the 'reserved' array to give more room for future extensions. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h b/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h index be43b4659527..1282cd38e86a 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h @@ -1844,7 +1844,7 @@ struct v4l2_dbg_chip_info { struct v4l2_dbg_match match; char name[32]; __u32 flags; - __u32 reserved[8]; + __u32 reserved[32]; } __attribute__ ((packed)); /** -- cgit v1.2.3 From 292a878720b26213bc773619715525e9f7a4f4a1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Hans Verkuil Date: Wed, 20 Mar 2013 15:26:36 -0300 Subject: [media] videodev2.h: fix incorrect V4L2_DV_FL_HALF_LINE bitmask This was set to 1 << 0 which is the same as V4L2_DV_FL_REDUCED_BLANKING. It should be 1 << 3 instead. Luckily interlaced formats are rarely used, which is why this bug wasn't seen until now. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h b/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h index 1282cd38e86a..97fb392bb2d9 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h @@ -1074,7 +1074,7 @@ struct v4l2_bt_timings { longer and field 2 is really one half-line shorter, so each field has exactly the same number of half-lines. Whether half-lines can be detected or used depends on the hardware. */ -#define V4L2_DV_FL_HALF_LINE (1 << 0) +#define V4L2_DV_FL_HALF_LINE (1 << 3) /** struct v4l2_dv_timings - DV timings -- cgit v1.2.3 From a7b74bd82a26379495e0e727d2c0fa9b0b97d917 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Hans Verkuil Date: Wed, 20 Mar 2013 14:31:34 -0300 Subject: [media] v4l2-dv-timings.h: add 480i59.94 and 576i50 CEA-861-E timings These formats are supported by the HDPVR, but they were missing in the list. Note that these formats are different from the common PAL/NTSC/SECAM formats since all color channels are transmitted separately and so there is no PAL or NTSC or SECAM color encoding involved. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/uapi/linux/v4l2-dv-timings.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 18 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-dv-timings.h b/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-dv-timings.h index 9ef8172e5ed0..4e0c58d25ff0 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-dv-timings.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-dv-timings.h @@ -42,6 +42,15 @@ V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT | V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CEA861, 0) \ } +/* Note: these are the nominal timings, for HDMI links this format is typically + * double-clocked to meet the minimum pixelclock requirements. */ +#define V4L2_DV_BT_CEA_720X480I59_94 { \ + .type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \ + V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(720, 480, 1, 0, \ + 13500000, 19, 62, 57, 4, 3, 15, 4, 3, 16, \ + V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CEA861, V4L2_DV_FL_HALF_LINE) \ +} + #define V4L2_DV_BT_CEA_720X480P59_94 { \ .type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \ V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(720, 480, 0, 0, \ @@ -49,6 +58,15 @@ V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CEA861, 0) \ } +/* Note: these are the nominal timings, for HDMI links this format is typically + * double-clocked to meet the minimum pixelclock requirements. */ +#define V4L2_DV_BT_CEA_720X576I50 { \ + .type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \ + V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(720, 576, 1, 0, \ + 13500000, 12, 63, 69, 2, 3, 19, 2, 3, 20, \ + V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CEA861, V4L2_DV_FL_HALF_LINE) \ +} + #define V4L2_DV_BT_CEA_720X576P50 { \ .type = V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120, \ V4L2_INIT_BT_TIMINGS(720, 576, 0, 0, \ -- cgit v1.2.3 From b6330548383cf18d608faf1c2dc0c81c60476233 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Paul Sokolovsky Date: Fri, 12 Apr 2013 18:28:26 -0500 Subject: drm.h: Fix DRM compilation with bare-metal toolchain. An ifdef in drm.h expects to be compiled with full-fledged Linux toolchain, but it's common to compile kernel with just bare-metal toolchain which doesn't define __linux__. So, also add __KERNEL__ check. [nm@ti.com: port forward to 3.9-rc6 and post to dri devel for feedback as RFC] Signed-off-by: Paul Sokolovsky Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie --- include/uapi/drm/drm.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/drm/drm.h b/include/uapi/drm/drm.h index 8d1e2bbee83a..73a99e4664be 100644 --- a/include/uapi/drm/drm.h +++ b/include/uapi/drm/drm.h @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ #ifndef _DRM_H_ #define _DRM_H_ -#if defined(__linux__) +#if defined(__KERNEL__) || defined(__linux__) #include #include -- cgit v1.2.3 From c7995c43facc6e5dea4de63fa9d283a337aabeb1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Atzm Watanabe Date: Tue, 16 Apr 2013 02:50:52 +0000 Subject: vxlan: Allow setting destination to unicast address. This patch allows setting VXLAN destination to unicast address. It allows that VXLAN can be used as peer-to-peer tunnel without multicast. v4: generalize struct vxlan_dev, "gaddr" is replaced with vxlan_rdst. "GROUP" attribute is replaced with "REMOTE". they are based by David Stevens's comments. v3: move a new attribute REMOTE into the last of an enum list based by Stephen Hemminger's comments. v2: use a new attribute REMOTE instead of GROUP based by Cong Wang's comments. Signed-off-by: Atzm Watanabe Acked-by: David L Stevens Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/if_link.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/if_link.h b/include/uapi/linux/if_link.h index 6b35c4211f65..9922704f08af 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/if_link.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/if_link.h @@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ enum macvlan_mode { enum { IFLA_VXLAN_UNSPEC, IFLA_VXLAN_ID, - IFLA_VXLAN_GROUP, + IFLA_VXLAN_REMOTE, IFLA_VXLAN_LINK, IFLA_VXLAN_LOCAL, IFLA_VXLAN_TTL, -- cgit v1.2.3 From 4c82456eeb4da081dd63dc69e91aa6deabd29e03 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Miklos Szeredi Date: Wed, 17 Apr 2013 12:30:40 +0200 Subject: fuse: fix type definitions in uapi header MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit Commit 7e98d53086d18c877cb44e9065219335184024de (Synchronize fuse header with one used in library) added #ifdef __linux__ around defines if it is not set. The kernel build is self-contained and can be built on non-Linux toolchains. After the mentioned commit builds on non-Linux toolchains will try to include stdint.h and fail due to -nostdinc, and then fail with a bunch of undefined type errors. Fix by checking for __KERNEL__ instead of __linux__ and using the standard int types instead of the linux specific ones. Reported-by: Arve Hjønnevåg Reported-by: Colin Cross Signed-off-by: Miklos Szeredi --- include/uapi/linux/fuse.h | 436 +++++++++++++++++++++++----------------------- 1 file changed, 216 insertions(+), 220 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/fuse.h b/include/uapi/linux/fuse.h index 4c43b4448792..706d035fa748 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/fuse.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/fuse.h @@ -95,15 +95,10 @@ #ifndef _LINUX_FUSE_H #define _LINUX_FUSE_H -#ifdef __linux__ +#ifdef __KERNEL__ #include #else #include -#define __u64 uint64_t -#define __s64 int64_t -#define __u32 uint32_t -#define __s32 int32_t -#define __u16 uint16_t #endif /* @@ -139,42 +134,42 @@ userspace works under 64bit kernels */ struct fuse_attr { - __u64 ino; - __u64 size; - __u64 blocks; - __u64 atime; - __u64 mtime; - __u64 ctime; - __u32 atimensec; - __u32 mtimensec; - __u32 ctimensec; - __u32 mode; - __u32 nlink; - __u32 uid; - __u32 gid; - __u32 rdev; - __u32 blksize; - __u32 padding; + uint64_t ino; + uint64_t size; + uint64_t blocks; + uint64_t atime; + uint64_t mtime; + uint64_t ctime; + uint32_t atimensec; + uint32_t mtimensec; + uint32_t ctimensec; + uint32_t mode; + uint32_t nlink; + uint32_t uid; + uint32_t gid; + uint32_t rdev; + uint32_t blksize; + uint32_t padding; }; struct fuse_kstatfs { - __u64 blocks; - __u64 bfree; - __u64 bavail; - __u64 files; - __u64 ffree; - __u32 bsize; - __u32 namelen; - __u32 frsize; - __u32 padding; - __u32 spare[6]; + uint64_t blocks; + uint64_t bfree; + uint64_t bavail; + uint64_t files; + uint64_t ffree; + uint32_t bsize; + uint32_t namelen; + uint32_t frsize; + uint32_t padding; + uint32_t spare[6]; }; struct fuse_file_lock { - __u64 start; - __u64 end; - __u32 type; - __u32 pid; /* tgid */ + uint64_t start; + uint64_t end; + uint32_t type; + uint32_t pid; /* tgid */ }; /** @@ -364,143 +359,143 @@ enum fuse_notify_code { #define FUSE_COMPAT_ENTRY_OUT_SIZE 120 struct fuse_entry_out { - __u64 nodeid; /* Inode ID */ - __u64 generation; /* Inode generation: nodeid:gen must - be unique for the fs's lifetime */ - __u64 entry_valid; /* Cache timeout for the name */ - __u64 attr_valid; /* Cache timeout for the attributes */ - __u32 entry_valid_nsec; - __u32 attr_valid_nsec; + uint64_t nodeid; /* Inode ID */ + uint64_t generation; /* Inode generation: nodeid:gen must + be unique for the fs's lifetime */ + uint64_t entry_valid; /* Cache timeout for the name */ + uint64_t attr_valid; /* Cache timeout for the attributes */ + uint32_t entry_valid_nsec; + uint32_t attr_valid_nsec; struct fuse_attr attr; }; struct fuse_forget_in { - __u64 nlookup; + uint64_t nlookup; }; struct fuse_forget_one { - __u64 nodeid; - __u64 nlookup; + uint64_t nodeid; + uint64_t nlookup; }; struct fuse_batch_forget_in { - __u32 count; - __u32 dummy; + uint32_t count; + uint32_t dummy; }; struct fuse_getattr_in { - __u32 getattr_flags; - __u32 dummy; - __u64 fh; + uint32_t getattr_flags; + uint32_t dummy; + uint64_t fh; }; #define FUSE_COMPAT_ATTR_OUT_SIZE 96 struct fuse_attr_out { - __u64 attr_valid; /* Cache timeout for the attributes */ - __u32 attr_valid_nsec; - __u32 dummy; + uint64_t attr_valid; /* Cache timeout for the attributes */ + uint32_t attr_valid_nsec; + uint32_t dummy; struct fuse_attr attr; }; #define FUSE_COMPAT_MKNOD_IN_SIZE 8 struct fuse_mknod_in { - __u32 mode; - __u32 rdev; - __u32 umask; - __u32 padding; + uint32_t mode; + uint32_t rdev; + uint32_t umask; + uint32_t padding; }; struct fuse_mkdir_in { - __u32 mode; - __u32 umask; + uint32_t mode; + uint32_t umask; }; struct fuse_rename_in { - __u64 newdir; + uint64_t newdir; }; struct fuse_link_in { - __u64 oldnodeid; + uint64_t oldnodeid; }; struct fuse_setattr_in { - __u32 valid; - __u32 padding; - __u64 fh; - __u64 size; - __u64 lock_owner; - __u64 atime; - __u64 mtime; - __u64 unused2; - __u32 atimensec; - __u32 mtimensec; - __u32 unused3; - __u32 mode; - __u32 unused4; - __u32 uid; - __u32 gid; - __u32 unused5; + uint32_t valid; + uint32_t padding; + uint64_t fh; + uint64_t size; + uint64_t lock_owner; + uint64_t atime; + uint64_t mtime; + uint64_t unused2; + uint32_t atimensec; + uint32_t mtimensec; + uint32_t unused3; + uint32_t mode; + uint32_t unused4; + uint32_t uid; + uint32_t gid; + uint32_t unused5; }; struct fuse_open_in { - __u32 flags; - __u32 unused; + uint32_t flags; + uint32_t unused; }; struct fuse_create_in { - __u32 flags; - __u32 mode; - __u32 umask; - __u32 padding; + uint32_t flags; + uint32_t mode; + uint32_t umask; + uint32_t padding; }; struct fuse_open_out { - __u64 fh; - __u32 open_flags; - __u32 padding; + uint64_t fh; + uint32_t open_flags; + uint32_t padding; }; struct fuse_release_in { - __u64 fh; - __u32 flags; - __u32 release_flags; - __u64 lock_owner; + uint64_t fh; + uint32_t flags; + uint32_t release_flags; + uint64_t lock_owner; }; struct fuse_flush_in { - __u64 fh; - __u32 unused; - __u32 padding; - __u64 lock_owner; + uint64_t fh; + uint32_t unused; + uint32_t padding; + uint64_t lock_owner; }; struct fuse_read_in { - __u64 fh; - __u64 offset; - __u32 size; - __u32 read_flags; - __u64 lock_owner; - __u32 flags; - __u32 padding; + uint64_t fh; + uint64_t offset; + uint32_t size; + uint32_t read_flags; + uint64_t lock_owner; + uint32_t flags; + uint32_t padding; }; #define FUSE_COMPAT_WRITE_IN_SIZE 24 struct fuse_write_in { - __u64 fh; - __u64 offset; - __u32 size; - __u32 write_flags; - __u64 lock_owner; - __u32 flags; - __u32 padding; + uint64_t fh; + uint64_t offset; + uint32_t size; + uint32_t write_flags; + uint64_t lock_owner; + uint32_t flags; + uint32_t padding; }; struct fuse_write_out { - __u32 size; - __u32 padding; + uint32_t size; + uint32_t padding; }; #define FUSE_COMPAT_STATFS_SIZE 48 @@ -510,32 +505,32 @@ struct fuse_statfs_out { }; struct fuse_fsync_in { - __u64 fh; - __u32 fsync_flags; - __u32 padding; + uint64_t fh; + uint32_t fsync_flags; + uint32_t padding; }; struct fuse_setxattr_in { - __u32 size; - __u32 flags; + uint32_t size; + uint32_t flags; }; struct fuse_getxattr_in { - __u32 size; - __u32 padding; + uint32_t size; + uint32_t padding; }; struct fuse_getxattr_out { - __u32 size; - __u32 padding; + uint32_t size; + uint32_t padding; }; struct fuse_lk_in { - __u64 fh; - __u64 owner; + uint64_t fh; + uint64_t owner; struct fuse_file_lock lk; - __u32 lk_flags; - __u32 padding; + uint32_t lk_flags; + uint32_t padding; }; struct fuse_lk_out { @@ -543,134 +538,135 @@ struct fuse_lk_out { }; struct fuse_access_in { - __u32 mask; - __u32 padding; + uint32_t mask; + uint32_t padding; }; struct fuse_init_in { - __u32 major; - __u32 minor; - __u32 max_readahead; - __u32 flags; + uint32_t major; + uint32_t minor; + uint32_t max_readahead; + uint32_t flags; }; struct fuse_init_out { - __u32 major; - __u32 minor; - __u32 max_readahead; - __u32 flags; - __u16 max_background; - __u16 congestion_threshold; - __u32 max_write; + uint32_t major; + uint32_t minor; + uint32_t max_readahead; + uint32_t flags; + uint16_t max_background; + uint16_t congestion_threshold; + uint32_t max_write; }; #define CUSE_INIT_INFO_MAX 4096 struct cuse_init_in { - __u32 major; - __u32 minor; - __u32 unused; - __u32 flags; + uint32_t major; + uint32_t minor; + uint32_t unused; + uint32_t flags; }; struct cuse_init_out { - __u32 major; - __u32 minor; - __u32 unused; - __u32 flags; - __u32 max_read; - __u32 max_write; - __u32 dev_major; /* chardev major */ - __u32 dev_minor; /* chardev minor */ - __u32 spare[10]; + uint32_t major; + uint32_t minor; + uint32_t unused; + uint32_t flags; + uint32_t max_read; + uint32_t max_write; + uint32_t dev_major; /* chardev major */ + uint32_t dev_minor; /* chardev minor */ + uint32_t spare[10]; }; struct fuse_interrupt_in { - __u64 unique; + uint64_t unique; }; struct fuse_bmap_in { - __u64 block; - __u32 blocksize; - __u32 padding; + uint64_t block; + uint32_t blocksize; + uint32_t padding; }; struct fuse_bmap_out { - __u64 block; + uint64_t block; }; struct fuse_ioctl_in { - __u64 fh; - __u32 flags; - __u32 cmd; - __u64 arg; - __u32 in_size; - __u32 out_size; + uint64_t fh; + uint32_t flags; + uint32_t cmd; + uint64_t arg; + uint32_t in_size; + uint32_t out_size; }; struct fuse_ioctl_iovec { - __u64 base; - __u64 len; + uint64_t base; + uint64_t len; }; struct fuse_ioctl_out { - __s32 result; - __u32 flags; - __u32 in_iovs; - __u32 out_iovs; + int32_t result; + uint32_t flags; + uint32_t in_iovs; + uint32_t out_iovs; }; struct fuse_poll_in { - __u64 fh; - __u64 kh; - __u32 flags; - __u32 events; + uint64_t fh; + uint64_t kh; + uint32_t flags; + uint32_t events; }; struct fuse_poll_out { - __u32 revents; - __u32 padding; + uint32_t revents; + uint32_t padding; }; struct fuse_notify_poll_wakeup_out { - __u64 kh; + uint64_t kh; }; struct fuse_fallocate_in { - __u64 fh; - __u64 offset; - __u64 length; - __u32 mode; - __u32 padding; + uint64_t fh; + uint64_t offset; + uint64_t length; + uint32_t mode; + uint32_t padding; }; struct fuse_in_header { - __u32 len; - __u32 opcode; - __u64 unique; - __u64 nodeid; - __u32 uid; - __u32 gid; - __u32 pid; - __u32 padding; + uint32_t len; + uint32_t opcode; + uint64_t unique; + uint64_t nodeid; + uint32_t uid; + uint32_t gid; + uint32_t pid; + uint32_t padding; }; struct fuse_out_header { - __u32 len; - __s32 error; - __u64 unique; + uint32_t len; + int32_t error; + uint64_t unique; }; struct fuse_dirent { - __u64 ino; - __u64 off; - __u32 namelen; - __u32 type; + uint64_t ino; + uint64_t off; + uint32_t namelen; + uint32_t type; char name[]; }; #define FUSE_NAME_OFFSET offsetof(struct fuse_dirent, name) -#define FUSE_DIRENT_ALIGN(x) (((x) + sizeof(__u64) - 1) & ~(sizeof(__u64) - 1)) +#define FUSE_DIRENT_ALIGN(x) \ + (((x) + sizeof(uint64_t) - 1) & ~(sizeof(uint64_t) - 1)) #define FUSE_DIRENT_SIZE(d) \ FUSE_DIRENT_ALIGN(FUSE_NAME_OFFSET + (d)->namelen) @@ -685,47 +681,47 @@ struct fuse_direntplus { FUSE_DIRENT_ALIGN(FUSE_NAME_OFFSET_DIRENTPLUS + (d)->dirent.namelen) struct fuse_notify_inval_inode_out { - __u64 ino; - __s64 off; - __s64 len; + uint64_t ino; + int64_t off; + int64_t len; }; struct fuse_notify_inval_entry_out { - __u64 parent; - __u32 namelen; - __u32 padding; + uint64_t parent; + uint32_t namelen; + uint32_t padding; }; struct fuse_notify_delete_out { - __u64 parent; - __u64 child; - __u32 namelen; - __u32 padding; + uint64_t parent; + uint64_t child; + uint32_t namelen; + uint32_t padding; }; struct fuse_notify_store_out { - __u64 nodeid; - __u64 offset; - __u32 size; - __u32 padding; + uint64_t nodeid; + uint64_t offset; + uint32_t size; + uint32_t padding; }; struct fuse_notify_retrieve_out { - __u64 notify_unique; - __u64 nodeid; - __u64 offset; - __u32 size; - __u32 padding; + uint64_t notify_unique; + uint64_t nodeid; + uint64_t offset; + uint32_t size; + uint32_t padding; }; /* Matches the size of fuse_write_in */ struct fuse_notify_retrieve_in { - __u64 dummy1; - __u64 offset; - __u32 size; - __u32 dummy2; - __u64 dummy3; - __u64 dummy4; + uint64_t dummy1; + uint64_t offset; + uint32_t size; + uint32_t dummy2; + uint64_t dummy3; + uint64_t dummy4; }; #endif /* _LINUX_FUSE_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From ef7a4f979bd8201324b2bcd30277c14aba889f50 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Daniel Mack Date: Wed, 17 Apr 2013 00:01:36 +0800 Subject: ALSA: add DSD formats This patch adds two formats for Direct Stream Digital (DSD), a pulse-density encoding format which is described here: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Direct_Stream_Digital DSD operates on 2.8, 5.6 or 11.2MHz sample rates and as a 1-bit stream. The two new types added by this patch describe streams that are capable of handling DSD samples in DOP format as 8-bit or in 16-bit (or at a x8 or x16 data rate, respectively). DSD itself specifies samples in *bit*, while DOP and ALSA handle them as *bytes*. Hence, a factor of 8 or 16 has to be applied for the sample rare configuration, according to the following table: configured hardware 176.4KHz 352.8kHz 705.6KHz <---- sample rate 8-bit 2.8MHz 5.6MHz 16-bit 2.8Mhz 5.6MHz 11.2MHz `-----------------------------' actual DSD sample rates Signed-off-by: Daniel Mack Signed-off-by: Takashi Iwai --- include/uapi/sound/asound.h | 4 +++- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/sound/asound.h b/include/uapi/sound/asound.h index 1774a5c3ef10..e3983d508272 100644 --- a/include/uapi/sound/asound.h +++ b/include/uapi/sound/asound.h @@ -214,7 +214,9 @@ typedef int __bitwise snd_pcm_format_t; #define SNDRV_PCM_FORMAT_G723_24_1B ((__force snd_pcm_format_t) 45) /* 1 sample in 1 byte */ #define SNDRV_PCM_FORMAT_G723_40 ((__force snd_pcm_format_t) 46) /* 8 Samples in 5 bytes */ #define SNDRV_PCM_FORMAT_G723_40_1B ((__force snd_pcm_format_t) 47) /* 1 sample in 1 byte */ -#define SNDRV_PCM_FORMAT_LAST SNDRV_PCM_FORMAT_G723_40_1B +#define SNDRV_PCM_FORMAT_DSD_U8 ((__force snd_pcm_format_t) 48) /* DSD, 1-byte samples DSD (x8) */ +#define SNDRV_PCM_FORMAT_DSD_U16_LE ((__force snd_pcm_format_t) 49) /* DSD, 2-byte samples DSD (x16), little endian */ +#define SNDRV_PCM_FORMAT_LAST SNDRV_PCM_FORMAT_DSD_U16_LE #ifdef SNDRV_LITTLE_ENDIAN #define SNDRV_PCM_FORMAT_S16 SNDRV_PCM_FORMAT_S16_LE -- cgit v1.2.3 From 0e280af026a5662ffd57c4e623b822df1f7f47ff Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Thu, 18 Apr 2013 06:52:51 +0000 Subject: tcp: introduce TCPSpuriousRtxHostQueues SNMP counter Host queues (Qdisc + NIC) can hold packets so long that TCP can eventually retransmit a packet before the first transmit even left the host. Its not clear right now if we could avoid this in the first place : - We could arm RTO timer not at the time we enqueue packets, but at the time we TX complete them (tcp_wfree()) - Cancel the sending of the new copy of the packet if prior one is still in queue. This patch adds instrumentation so that we can at least see how often this problem happens. TCPSpuriousRtxHostQueues SNMP counter is incremented every time we detect the fast clone is not yet freed in tcp_transmit_skb() Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Cc: Yuchung Cheng Cc: Neal Cardwell Cc: Tom Herbert Cc: Willem de Bruijn Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/snmp.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/snmp.h b/include/uapi/linux/snmp.h index e00013a1debc..fefdec91c68b 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/snmp.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/snmp.h @@ -247,6 +247,7 @@ enum LINUX_MIB_TCPFASTOPENPASSIVEFAIL, /* TCPFastOpenPassiveFail */ LINUX_MIB_TCPFASTOPENLISTENOVERFLOW, /* TCPFastOpenListenOverflow */ LINUX_MIB_TCPFASTOPENCOOKIEREQD, /* TCPFastOpenCookieReqd */ + LINUX_MIB_TCPSPURIOUS_RTX_HOSTQUEUES, /* TCPSpuriousRtxHostQueues */ __LINUX_MIB_MAX }; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 8ad227ff89a7e6f05d07cd0acfd95ed3a24450ca Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Patrick McHardy Date: Fri, 19 Apr 2013 02:04:31 +0000 Subject: net: vlan: add 802.1ad support Add support for 802.1ad VLAN devices. This mainly consists of checking for ETH_P_8021AD in addition to ETH_P_8021Q in a couple of places and check offloading capabilities based on the used protocol. Configuration is done using "ip link": # ip link add link eth0 eth0.1000 \ type vlan proto 802.1ad id 1000 # ip link add link eth0.1000 eth0.1000.1000 \ type vlan proto 802.1q id 1000 52:54:00:12:34:56 > 92:b1:54:28:e4:8c, ethertype 802.1Q (0x8100), length 106: vlan 1000, p 0, ethertype 802.1Q, vlan 1000, p 0, ethertype IPv4, (tos 0x0, ttl 64, id 0, offset 0, flags [DF], proto ICMP (1), length 84) 20.1.0.2 > 20.1.0.1: ICMP echo request, id 3003, seq 8, length 64 92:b1:54:28:e4:8c > 52:54:00:12:34:56, ethertype 802.1Q-QinQ (0x88a8), length 106: vlan 1000, p 0, ethertype 802.1Q, vlan 1000, p 0, ethertype IPv4, (tos 0x0, ttl 64, id 47944, offset 0, flags [none], proto ICMP (1), length 84) 20.1.0.1 > 20.1.0.2: ICMP echo reply, id 3003, seq 8, length 64 Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/if_link.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/if_link.h b/include/uapi/linux/if_link.h index 9922704f08af..e3163544f339 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/if_link.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/if_link.h @@ -250,6 +250,7 @@ enum { IFLA_VLAN_FLAGS, IFLA_VLAN_EGRESS_QOS, IFLA_VLAN_INGRESS_QOS, + IFLA_VLAN_PROTOCOL, __IFLA_VLAN_MAX, }; -- cgit v1.2.3 From ccdfcc398594ddf3f77348c5a10938dbe9efefbe Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Patrick McHardy Date: Wed, 17 Apr 2013 06:47:01 +0000 Subject: netlink: mmaped netlink: ring setup Add support for mmap'ed RX and TX ring setup and teardown based on the af_packet.c code. The following patches will use this to add the real mmap'ed receive and transmit functionality. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/netlink.h | 32 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 32 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/netlink.h b/include/uapi/linux/netlink.h index 32a354f67ba4..1a85940f8ab7 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/netlink.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/netlink.h @@ -1,6 +1,7 @@ #ifndef _UAPI__LINUX_NETLINK_H #define _UAPI__LINUX_NETLINK_H +#include #include /* for __kernel_sa_family_t */ #include @@ -105,11 +106,42 @@ struct nlmsgerr { #define NETLINK_PKTINFO 3 #define NETLINK_BROADCAST_ERROR 4 #define NETLINK_NO_ENOBUFS 5 +#define NETLINK_RX_RING 6 +#define NETLINK_TX_RING 7 struct nl_pktinfo { __u32 group; }; +struct nl_mmap_req { + unsigned int nm_block_size; + unsigned int nm_block_nr; + unsigned int nm_frame_size; + unsigned int nm_frame_nr; +}; + +struct nl_mmap_hdr { + unsigned int nm_status; + unsigned int nm_len; + __u32 nm_group; + /* credentials */ + __u32 nm_pid; + __u32 nm_uid; + __u32 nm_gid; +}; + +enum nl_mmap_status { + NL_MMAP_STATUS_UNUSED, + NL_MMAP_STATUS_RESERVED, + NL_MMAP_STATUS_VALID, + NL_MMAP_STATUS_COPY, + NL_MMAP_STATUS_SKIP, +}; + +#define NL_MMAP_MSG_ALIGNMENT NLMSG_ALIGNTO +#define NL_MMAP_MSG_ALIGN(sz) __ALIGN_KERNEL(sz, NL_MMAP_MSG_ALIGNMENT) +#define NL_MMAP_HDRLEN NL_MMAP_MSG_ALIGN(sizeof(struct nl_mmap_hdr)) + #define NET_MAJOR 36 /* Major 36 is reserved for networking */ enum { -- cgit v1.2.3 From 4ae9fbee1690848a6aace1e0193ab27e981e35a5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Patrick McHardy Date: Wed, 17 Apr 2013 06:47:06 +0000 Subject: netlink: add RX/TX-ring support to netlink diag Based on AF_PACKET. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/netlink_diag.h | 10 ++++++++++ 1 file changed, 10 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/netlink_diag.h b/include/uapi/linux/netlink_diag.h index 88009a31cd06..4e31db4eea41 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/netlink_diag.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/netlink_diag.h @@ -25,9 +25,18 @@ struct netlink_diag_msg { __u32 ndiag_cookie[2]; }; +struct netlink_diag_ring { + __u32 ndr_block_size; + __u32 ndr_block_nr; + __u32 ndr_frame_size; + __u32 ndr_frame_nr; +}; + enum { NETLINK_DIAG_MEMINFO, NETLINK_DIAG_GROUPS, + NETLINK_DIAG_RX_RING, + NETLINK_DIAG_TX_RING, __NETLINK_DIAG_MAX, }; @@ -38,5 +47,6 @@ enum { #define NDIAG_SHOW_MEMINFO 0x00000001 /* show memory info of a socket */ #define NDIAG_SHOW_GROUPS 0x00000002 /* show groups of a netlink socket */ +#define NDIAG_SHOW_RING_CFG 0x00000004 /* show ring configuration */ #endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From d43f81cbaf43531a977e8b4c4427f19acf8a5061 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Terje Bergstrom Date: Fri, 22 Mar 2013 16:34:09 +0200 Subject: drm/tegra: Add gr2d device Add client driver for 2D device, and IOCTLs to pass work to host1x channel for 2D. Also adds functions that can be called to access sync points from DRM. Signed-off-by: Arto Merilainen Signed-off-by: Terje Bergstrom Reviewed-by: Thierry Reding Tested-by: Thierry Reding Tested-by: Erik Faye-Lund Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding --- include/uapi/drm/Kbuild | 1 + include/uapi/drm/tegra_drm.h | 136 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 137 insertions(+) create mode 100644 include/uapi/drm/tegra_drm.h (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/drm/Kbuild b/include/uapi/drm/Kbuild index a042a957296d..119487e05e65 100644 --- a/include/uapi/drm/Kbuild +++ b/include/uapi/drm/Kbuild @@ -13,5 +13,6 @@ header-y += r128_drm.h header-y += radeon_drm.h header-y += savage_drm.h header-y += sis_drm.h +header-y += tegra_drm.h header-y += via_drm.h header-y += vmwgfx_drm.h diff --git a/include/uapi/drm/tegra_drm.h b/include/uapi/drm/tegra_drm.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..6e132a2f7420 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/uapi/drm/tegra_drm.h @@ -0,0 +1,136 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2012-2013, NVIDIA CORPORATION. All rights reserved. + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms and conditions of the GNU General Public License, + * version 2, as published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope it will be useful, but WITHOUT + * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or + * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for + * more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + */ + +#ifndef _UAPI_TEGRA_DRM_H_ +#define _UAPI_TEGRA_DRM_H_ + +struct drm_tegra_gem_create { + __u64 size; + __u32 flags; + __u32 handle; +}; + +struct drm_tegra_gem_mmap { + __u32 handle; + __u32 offset; +}; + +struct drm_tegra_syncpt_read { + __u32 id; + __u32 value; +}; + +struct drm_tegra_syncpt_incr { + __u32 id; + __u32 pad; +}; + +struct drm_tegra_syncpt_wait { + __u32 id; + __u32 thresh; + __u32 timeout; + __u32 value; +}; + +#define DRM_TEGRA_NO_TIMEOUT (0xffffffff) + +struct drm_tegra_open_channel { + __u32 client; + __u32 pad; + __u64 context; +}; + +struct drm_tegra_close_channel { + __u64 context; +}; + +struct drm_tegra_get_syncpt { + __u64 context; + __u32 index; + __u32 id; +}; + +struct drm_tegra_syncpt { + __u32 id; + __u32 incrs; +}; + +struct drm_tegra_cmdbuf { + __u32 handle; + __u32 offset; + __u32 words; + __u32 pad; +}; + +struct drm_tegra_reloc { + struct { + __u32 handle; + __u32 offset; + } cmdbuf; + struct { + __u32 handle; + __u32 offset; + } target; + __u32 shift; + __u32 pad; +}; + +struct drm_tegra_waitchk { + __u32 handle; + __u32 offset; + __u32 syncpt; + __u32 thresh; +}; + +struct drm_tegra_submit { + __u64 context; + __u32 num_syncpts; + __u32 num_cmdbufs; + __u32 num_relocs; + __u32 num_waitchks; + __u32 waitchk_mask; + __u32 timeout; + __u32 pad; + __u64 syncpts; + __u64 cmdbufs; + __u64 relocs; + __u64 waitchks; + __u32 fence; /* Return value */ + + __u32 reserved[5]; /* future expansion */ +}; + +#define DRM_TEGRA_GEM_CREATE 0x00 +#define DRM_TEGRA_GEM_MMAP 0x01 +#define DRM_TEGRA_SYNCPT_READ 0x02 +#define DRM_TEGRA_SYNCPT_INCR 0x03 +#define DRM_TEGRA_SYNCPT_WAIT 0x04 +#define DRM_TEGRA_OPEN_CHANNEL 0x05 +#define DRM_TEGRA_CLOSE_CHANNEL 0x06 +#define DRM_TEGRA_GET_SYNCPT 0x07 +#define DRM_TEGRA_SUBMIT 0x08 + +#define DRM_IOCTL_TEGRA_GEM_CREATE DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_TEGRA_GEM_CREATE, struct drm_tegra_gem_create) +#define DRM_IOCTL_TEGRA_GEM_MMAP DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_TEGRA_GEM_MMAP, struct drm_tegra_gem_mmap) +#define DRM_IOCTL_TEGRA_SYNCPT_READ DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_TEGRA_SYNCPT_READ, struct drm_tegra_syncpt_read) +#define DRM_IOCTL_TEGRA_SYNCPT_INCR DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_TEGRA_SYNCPT_INCR, struct drm_tegra_syncpt_incr) +#define DRM_IOCTL_TEGRA_SYNCPT_WAIT DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_TEGRA_SYNCPT_WAIT, struct drm_tegra_syncpt_wait) +#define DRM_IOCTL_TEGRA_OPEN_CHANNEL DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_TEGRA_OPEN_CHANNEL, struct drm_tegra_open_channel) +#define DRM_IOCTL_TEGRA_CLOSE_CHANNEL DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_TEGRA_CLOSE_CHANNEL, struct drm_tegra_open_channel) +#define DRM_IOCTL_TEGRA_GET_SYNCPT DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_TEGRA_GET_SYNCPT, struct drm_tegra_get_syncpt) +#define DRM_IOCTL_TEGRA_SUBMIT DRM_IOWR(DRM_COMMAND_BASE + DRM_TEGRA_SUBMIT, struct drm_tegra_submit) + +#endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From 5de17984898c5758fc6ebe08eccea9f4b6548914 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Arend van Spriel Date: Thu, 18 Apr 2013 15:49:00 +0200 Subject: cfg80211: introduce critical protocol indication from user-space Some protocols need a more reliable connection to complete successful in reasonable time. This patch adds a user-space API to indicate the wireless driver that a critical protocol is about to commence and when it is done, using nl80211 primitives NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START and NL80211_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP. There can be only on critical protocol session started per registered cfg80211 device. The driver can support this by implementing the cfg80211 callbacks .crit_proto_start() and .crit_proto_stop(). Examples of protocols that can benefit from this are DHCP, EAPOL, APIPA. Exactly how the link can/should be made more reliable is up to the driver. Things to consider are avoid scanning, no multi-channel operations, and alter coexistence schemes. Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg --- include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h | 39 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 39 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h b/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h index 79da8710448e..d1e48b5e348f 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h @@ -639,6 +639,13 @@ * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE). * + * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running + * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to + * complete. + * + * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can + * return back to normal. + * * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use */ @@ -798,6 +805,9 @@ enum nl80211_commands { NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES, NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT, + NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START, + NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP, + /* add new commands above here */ /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */ @@ -1414,6 +1424,11 @@ enum nl80211_commands { * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information * Element * + * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased + * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16). + * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which + * the connection should have increased reliability (u16). + * * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use */ @@ -1709,6 +1724,9 @@ enum nl80211_attrs { NL80211_ATTR_MDID, NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC, + NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID, + NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION, + /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, @@ -3682,4 +3700,25 @@ enum nl80211_protocol_features { NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0, }; +/** + * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers + * + * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified. + * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol. + * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol. + * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol. + * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last. + */ +enum nl80211_crit_proto_id { + NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC, + NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP, + NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL, + NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA, + /* add other protocols before this one */ + NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO +}; + +/* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */ +#define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */ + #endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 0a925864c1038a78fd1cc9b048d9a2b1ae04b63e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Julian Anastasov Date: Wed, 17 Apr 2013 23:50:49 +0300 Subject: ipvs: fix sparse warnings for some parameters Some service fields are in network order: - netmask: used once in network order and also as prefix len for IPv6 - port Other parameters are in host order: - struct ip_vs_flags: flags and mask moved between user and kernel only - sync state: moved between user and kernel only - syncid: sent over network as single octet Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov Signed-off-by: Simon Horman --- include/uapi/linux/ip_vs.h | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/ip_vs.h b/include/uapi/linux/ip_vs.h index 8a2d438dc499..a24537725e80 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/ip_vs.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/ip_vs.h @@ -280,8 +280,8 @@ struct ip_vs_daemon_user { #define IPVS_GENL_VERSION 0x1 struct ip_vs_flags { - __be32 flags; - __be32 mask; + __u32 flags; + __u32 mask; }; /* Generic Netlink command attributes */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 24bc69da32a93edac91b4dfb7806a7fb9c24c625 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Bjorn Helgaas Date: Wed, 17 Apr 2013 17:26:23 -0600 Subject: PCI: Clean up MSI/MSI-X capability #defines This doesn't change any existing symbols, but it puts them in logical order and uses explicit masks instead of shifts, like the rest of the file. It also adds new symbols for PCI_MSIX_TABLE_BIR, PCI_MSIX_TABLE_OFFSET, PCI_MSIX_PBA_BIR, and PCI_MSIX_PBA_OFFSET to replace the mis-named PCI_MSIX_FLAGS_BIRMASK (the BAR index fields are part of the Table and PBA registers, not the flags register). Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas --- include/uapi/linux/pci_regs.h | 30 +++++++++++++++++------------- 1 file changed, 17 insertions(+), 13 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/pci_regs.h b/include/uapi/linux/pci_regs.h index ebfadc56d1b4..864e324da80d 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/pci_regs.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/pci_regs.h @@ -292,12 +292,12 @@ /* Message Signalled Interrupts registers */ -#define PCI_MSI_FLAGS 2 /* Various flags */ -#define PCI_MSI_FLAGS_64BIT 0x80 /* 64-bit addresses allowed */ -#define PCI_MSI_FLAGS_QSIZE 0x70 /* Message queue size configured */ -#define PCI_MSI_FLAGS_QMASK 0x0e /* Maximum queue size available */ -#define PCI_MSI_FLAGS_ENABLE 0x01 /* MSI feature enabled */ -#define PCI_MSI_FLAGS_MASKBIT 0x100 /* 64-bit mask bits allowed */ +#define PCI_MSI_FLAGS 2 /* Message Control */ +#define PCI_MSI_FLAGS_ENABLE 0x0001 /* MSI feature enabled */ +#define PCI_MSI_FLAGS_QMASK 0x000e /* Maximum queue size available */ +#define PCI_MSI_FLAGS_QSIZE 0x0070 /* Message queue size configured */ +#define PCI_MSI_FLAGS_64BIT 0x0080 /* 64-bit addresses allowed */ +#define PCI_MSI_FLAGS_MASKBIT 0x0100 /* Per-vector masking capable */ #define PCI_MSI_RFU 3 /* Rest of capability flags */ #define PCI_MSI_ADDRESS_LO 4 /* Lower 32 bits */ #define PCI_MSI_ADDRESS_HI 8 /* Upper 32 bits (if PCI_MSI_FLAGS_64BIT set) */ @@ -309,13 +309,17 @@ #define PCI_MSI_PENDING_64 20 /* Pending intrs for 64-bit devices */ /* MSI-X registers */ -#define PCI_MSIX_FLAGS 2 -#define PCI_MSIX_FLAGS_QSIZE 0x7FF -#define PCI_MSIX_FLAGS_ENABLE (1 << 15) -#define PCI_MSIX_FLAGS_MASKALL (1 << 14) -#define PCI_MSIX_TABLE 4 -#define PCI_MSIX_PBA 8 -#define PCI_MSIX_FLAGS_BIRMASK (7 << 0) +#define PCI_MSIX_FLAGS 2 /* Message Control */ +#define PCI_MSIX_FLAGS_QSIZE 0x07FF /* Table size */ +#define PCI_MSIX_FLAGS_MASKALL 0x4000 /* Mask all vectors for this function */ +#define PCI_MSIX_FLAGS_ENABLE 0x8000 /* MSI-X enable */ +#define PCI_MSIX_TABLE 4 /* Table offset */ +#define PCI_MSIX_TABLE_BIR 0x00000007 /* BAR index */ +#define PCI_MSIX_TABLE_OFFSET 0xfffffff8 /* Offset into specified BAR */ +#define PCI_MSIX_PBA 8 /* Pending Bit Array offset */ +#define PCI_MSIX_PBA_BIR 0x00000007 /* BAR index */ +#define PCI_MSIX_PBA_OFFSET 0xfffffff8 /* Offset into specified BAR */ +#define PCI_MSIX_FLAGS_BIRMASK (7 << 0) /* deprecated */ #define PCI_CAP_MSIX_SIZEOF 12 /* size of MSIX registers */ /* MSI-X entry's format */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 26ee65e680f4a2291f6258e11beceae0ad4eeba3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com" Date: Mon, 22 Apr 2013 23:57:01 +0000 Subject: caif: Remove my bouncing email address. MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit Remove my soon bouncing email address. Also remove the "Contact:" line in file header. The MAINTAINERS file is a better place to find the contact person anyway. Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/caif/caif_socket.h | 2 +- include/uapi/linux/caif/if_caif.h | 2 +- 2 files changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/caif/caif_socket.h b/include/uapi/linux/caif/caif_socket.h index 3f3bac6af7bc..586e9f98184f 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/caif/caif_socket.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/caif/caif_socket.h @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /* linux/caif_socket.h * CAIF Definitions for CAIF socket and network layer * Copyright (C) ST-Ericsson AB 2010 - * Author: Sjur Brendeland/ sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com + * Author: Sjur Brendeland * License terms: GNU General Public License (GPL) version 2 */ diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/caif/if_caif.h b/include/uapi/linux/caif/if_caif.h index 5e7eed4edf51..7618aabe8c6b 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/caif/if_caif.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/caif/if_caif.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * Copyright (C) ST-Ericsson AB 2010 - * Author: Sjur Brendeland/ sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com + * Author: Sjur Brendeland * License terms: GNU General Public License (GPL) version 2 */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 7276d5d743d775388bf382cd7bdea1a14e486d32 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Daniel Borkmann Date: Tue, 23 Apr 2013 00:39:30 +0000 Subject: packet: minor: convert status bits into shifting format This makes it more readable and clearer what bits are still free to use. The compiler reduces this to a constant for us anyway. Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann Acked-by: Willem de Bruijn Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/if_packet.h | 22 +++++++++++----------- 1 file changed, 11 insertions(+), 11 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/if_packet.h b/include/uapi/linux/if_packet.h index 8136658ea477..4dfc234d80e5 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/if_packet.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/if_packet.h @@ -86,19 +86,19 @@ struct tpacket_auxdata { }; /* Rx ring - header status */ -#define TP_STATUS_KERNEL 0x0 -#define TP_STATUS_USER 0x1 -#define TP_STATUS_COPY 0x2 -#define TP_STATUS_LOSING 0x4 -#define TP_STATUS_CSUMNOTREADY 0x8 -#define TP_STATUS_VLAN_VALID 0x10 /* auxdata has valid tp_vlan_tci */ -#define TP_STATUS_BLK_TMO 0x20 +#define TP_STATUS_KERNEL 0 +#define TP_STATUS_USER (1 << 0) +#define TP_STATUS_COPY (1 << 1) +#define TP_STATUS_LOSING (1 << 2) +#define TP_STATUS_CSUMNOTREADY (1 << 3) +#define TP_STATUS_VLAN_VALID (1 << 4) /* auxdata has valid tp_vlan_tci */ +#define TP_STATUS_BLK_TMO (1 << 5) /* Tx ring - header status */ -#define TP_STATUS_AVAILABLE 0x0 -#define TP_STATUS_SEND_REQUEST 0x1 -#define TP_STATUS_SENDING 0x2 -#define TP_STATUS_WRONG_FORMAT 0x4 +#define TP_STATUS_AVAILABLE 0 +#define TP_STATUS_SEND_REQUEST (1 << 0) +#define TP_STATUS_SENDING (1 << 1) +#define TP_STATUS_WRONG_FORMAT (1 << 2) /* Rx ring - feature request bits */ #define TP_FT_REQ_FILL_RXHASH 0x1 -- cgit v1.2.3 From b9c32fb2717094231b31a7d7dcf5fd7f3638ac2f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Daniel Borkmann Date: Tue, 23 Apr 2013 00:39:31 +0000 Subject: packet: if hw/sw ts enabled in rx/tx ring, report which ts we got Currently, there is no way to find out which timestamp is reported in tpacket{,2,3}_hdr's tp_sec, tp_{n,u}sec members. It can be one of SOF_TIMESTAMPING_SYS_HARDWARE, SOF_TIMESTAMPING_RAW_HARDWARE, SOF_TIMESTAMPING_SOFTWARE, or a fallback variant late call from the PF_PACKET code in software. Therefore, report in the tp_status member of the ring buffer which timestamp has been reported for RX and TX path. This should not break anything for the following reasons: i) in RX ring path, the user needs to test for tp_status & TP_STATUS_USER, and later for other flags as well such as TP_STATUS_VLAN_VALID et al, so adding other flags will do no harm; ii) in TX ring path, time stamps with PACKET_TIMESTAMP socketoption are not available resp. had no effect except that the application setting this is buggy. Next to TP_STATUS_AVAILABLE, the user also should check for other flags such as TP_STATUS_WRONG_FORMAT to reclaim frames to the application. Thus, in case TX ts are turned off (default case), nothing happens to the application logic, and in case we want to use this new feature, we now can also check which of the ts source is reported in the status field as provided in the docs. Reported-by: Richard Cochran Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann Acked-by: Willem de Bruijn Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/if_packet.h | 5 +++++ 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/if_packet.h b/include/uapi/linux/if_packet.h index 4dfc234d80e5..b950c02030c0 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/if_packet.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/if_packet.h @@ -100,6 +100,11 @@ struct tpacket_auxdata { #define TP_STATUS_SENDING (1 << 1) #define TP_STATUS_WRONG_FORMAT (1 << 2) +/* Rx and Tx ring - header status */ +#define TP_STATUS_TS_SOFTWARE (1 << 29) +#define TP_STATUS_TS_SYS_HARDWARE (1 << 30) +#define TP_STATUS_TS_RAW_HARDWARE (1 << 31) + /* Rx ring - feature request bits */ #define TP_FT_REQ_FILL_RXHASH 0x1 -- cgit v1.2.3 From 4ed7e7bae6a4edc90bfa82b55716e4000b584436 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Mauro Carvalho Chehab Date: Sat, 20 Apr 2013 12:07:16 -0300 Subject: [media] videodev2.h: Remove the unused old V4L1 buffer types Those aren't used anywhere for a long time. Drop it. Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab --- include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h | 21 --------------------- 1 file changed, 21 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h b/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h index 97fb392bb2d9..f40b41c7e108 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h @@ -72,27 +72,6 @@ #define VIDEO_MAX_FRAME 32 #define VIDEO_MAX_PLANES 8 -#ifndef __KERNEL__ - -/* These defines are V4L1 specific and should not be used with the V4L2 API! - They will be removed from this header in the future. */ - -#define VID_TYPE_CAPTURE 1 /* Can capture */ -#define VID_TYPE_TUNER 2 /* Can tune */ -#define VID_TYPE_TELETEXT 4 /* Does teletext */ -#define VID_TYPE_OVERLAY 8 /* Overlay onto frame buffer */ -#define VID_TYPE_CHROMAKEY 16 /* Overlay by chromakey */ -#define VID_TYPE_CLIPPING 32 /* Can clip */ -#define VID_TYPE_FRAMERAM 64 /* Uses the frame buffer memory */ -#define VID_TYPE_SCALES 128 /* Scalable */ -#define VID_TYPE_MONOCHROME 256 /* Monochrome only */ -#define VID_TYPE_SUBCAPTURE 512 /* Can capture subareas of the image */ -#define VID_TYPE_MPEG_DECODER 1024 /* Can decode MPEG streams */ -#define VID_TYPE_MPEG_ENCODER 2048 /* Can encode MPEG streams */ -#define VID_TYPE_MJPEG_DECODER 4096 /* Can decode MJPEG streams */ -#define VID_TYPE_MJPEG_ENCODER 8192 /* Can encode MJPEG streams */ -#endif - /* * M I S C E L L A N E O U S */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 2171364d1a92d0a101b455315de7a92efb566008 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Michael Neuling Date: Wed, 17 Apr 2013 17:33:11 +0000 Subject: powerpc: Add HWCAP2 aux entry We are currently out of free bits in AT_HWCAP. With POWER8, we have several hardware features that we need to advertise. Tested on POWER and x86. Signed-off-by: Michael Neuling Signed-off-by: Nishanth Aravamudan Signed-off-by: Benjamin Herrenschmidt --- include/uapi/linux/auxvec.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/auxvec.h b/include/uapi/linux/auxvec.h index 61594d598e7b..835c065cc7e1 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/auxvec.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/auxvec.h @@ -28,6 +28,7 @@ #define AT_BASE_PLATFORM 24 /* string identifying real platform, may * differ from AT_PLATFORM. */ #define AT_RANDOM 25 /* address of 16 random bytes */ +#define AT_HWCAP2 26 /* extension of AT_HWCAP */ #define AT_EXECFN 31 /* filename of program */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 948a902c842aaef49af9e48b00469229b04a43a9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Alexander Graf Date: Mon, 15 Apr 2013 10:49:31 +0200 Subject: KVM: Drop __KVM_HAVE_IOAPIC condition on irq routing We have a capability enquire system that allows user space to ask kvm whether a feature is available. The point behind this system is that we can have different kernel configurations with different capabilities and user space can adjust accordingly. Because features can always be non existent, we can drop any #ifdefs on CAP defines that could be used generically, like the irq routing bits. These can be easily reused for non-IOAPIC systems as well. Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf Acked-by: Michael S. Tsirkin --- include/uapi/linux/kvm.h | 2 -- 1 file changed, 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/kvm.h b/include/uapi/linux/kvm.h index 74d0ff3dfd66..c741902c9e0b 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/kvm.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/kvm.h @@ -579,9 +579,7 @@ struct kvm_ppc_smmu_info { #ifdef __KVM_HAVE_PIT #define KVM_CAP_REINJECT_CONTROL 24 #endif -#ifdef __KVM_HAVE_IOAPIC #define KVM_CAP_IRQ_ROUTING 25 -#endif #define KVM_CAP_IRQ_INJECT_STATUS 26 #ifdef __KVM_HAVE_DEVICE_ASSIGNMENT #define KVM_CAP_DEVICE_DEASSIGNMENT 27 -- cgit v1.2.3 From 852b6d57dc7fa378019786fa84727036e56839ea Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Scott Wood Date: Fri, 12 Apr 2013 14:08:42 +0000 Subject: kvm: add device control API Currently, devices that are emulated inside KVM are configured in a hardcoded manner based on an assumption that any given architecture only has one way to do it. If there's any need to access device state, it is done through inflexible one-purpose-only IOCTLs (e.g. KVM_GET/SET_LAPIC). Defining new IOCTLs for every little thing is cumbersome and depletes a limited numberspace. This API provides a mechanism to instantiate a device of a certain type, returning an ID that can be used to set/get attributes of the device. Attributes may include configuration parameters (e.g. register base address), device state, operational commands, etc. It is similar to the ONE_REG API, except that it acts on devices rather than vcpus. Both device types and individual attributes can be tested without having to create the device or get/set the attribute, without the need for separately managing enumerated capabilities. Signed-off-by: Scott Wood Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf --- include/uapi/linux/kvm.h | 27 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 27 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/kvm.h b/include/uapi/linux/kvm.h index c741902c9e0b..38a0be0c199f 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/kvm.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/kvm.h @@ -666,6 +666,7 @@ struct kvm_ppc_smmu_info { #define KVM_CAP_PPC_EPR 86 #define KVM_CAP_ARM_PSCI 87 #define KVM_CAP_ARM_SET_DEVICE_ADDR 88 +#define KVM_CAP_DEVICE_CTRL 89 #ifdef KVM_CAP_IRQ_ROUTING @@ -818,6 +819,24 @@ struct kvm_arm_device_addr { __u64 addr; }; +/* + * Device control API, available with KVM_CAP_DEVICE_CTRL + */ +#define KVM_CREATE_DEVICE_TEST 1 + +struct kvm_create_device { + __u32 type; /* in: KVM_DEV_TYPE_xxx */ + __u32 fd; /* out: device handle */ + __u32 flags; /* in: KVM_CREATE_DEVICE_xxx */ +}; + +struct kvm_device_attr { + __u32 flags; /* no flags currently defined */ + __u32 group; /* device-defined */ + __u64 attr; /* group-defined */ + __u64 addr; /* userspace address of attr data */ +}; + /* * ioctls for VM fds */ @@ -906,6 +925,14 @@ struct kvm_s390_ucas_mapping { /* Available with KVM_CAP_ARM_SET_DEVICE_ADDR */ #define KVM_ARM_SET_DEVICE_ADDR _IOW(KVMIO, 0xab, struct kvm_arm_device_addr) +/* ioctl for vm fd */ +#define KVM_CREATE_DEVICE _IOWR(KVMIO, 0xe0, struct kvm_create_device) + +/* ioctls for fds returned by KVM_CREATE_DEVICE */ +#define KVM_SET_DEVICE_ATTR _IOW(KVMIO, 0xe1, struct kvm_device_attr) +#define KVM_GET_DEVICE_ATTR _IOW(KVMIO, 0xe2, struct kvm_device_attr) +#define KVM_HAS_DEVICE_ATTR _IOW(KVMIO, 0xe3, struct kvm_device_attr) + /* * ioctls for vcpu fds */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 5df554ad5b7522ea62b0ff9d5be35183494efc21 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Scott Wood Date: Fri, 12 Apr 2013 14:08:46 +0000 Subject: kvm/ppc/mpic: in-kernel MPIC emulation Hook the MPIC code up to the KVM interfaces, add locking, etc. Signed-off-by: Scott Wood [agraf: add stub function for kvmppc_mpic_set_epr, non-booke, 64bit] Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf --- include/uapi/linux/kvm.h | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/kvm.h b/include/uapi/linux/kvm.h index 38a0be0c199f..4148becdc93f 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/kvm.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/kvm.h @@ -837,6 +837,9 @@ struct kvm_device_attr { __u64 addr; /* userspace address of attr data */ }; +#define KVM_DEV_TYPE_FSL_MPIC_20 1 +#define KVM_DEV_TYPE_FSL_MPIC_42 2 + /* * ioctls for VM fds */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From eb1e4f43e0f47f2655372c7d32c43db9711c278e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Scott Wood Date: Fri, 12 Apr 2013 14:08:47 +0000 Subject: kvm/ppc/mpic: add KVM_CAP_IRQ_MPIC Enabling this capability connects the vcpu to the designated in-kernel MPIC. Using explicit connections between vcpus and irqchips allows for flexibility, but the main benefit at the moment is that it simplifies the code -- KVM doesn't need vm-global state to remember which MPIC object is associated with this vm, and it doesn't need to care about ordering between irqchip creation and vcpu creation. Signed-off-by: Scott Wood [agraf: add stub functions for kvmppc_mpic_{dis,}connect_vcpu] Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf --- include/uapi/linux/kvm.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/kvm.h b/include/uapi/linux/kvm.h index 4148becdc93f..0ebf59b50ed0 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/kvm.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/kvm.h @@ -667,6 +667,7 @@ struct kvm_ppc_smmu_info { #define KVM_CAP_ARM_PSCI 87 #define KVM_CAP_ARM_SET_DEVICE_ADDR 88 #define KVM_CAP_DEVICE_CTRL 89 +#define KVM_CAP_IRQ_MPIC 90 #ifdef KVM_CAP_IRQ_ROUTING -- cgit v1.2.3 From 8e591cb7204739efa8e15967ea334eb367039dde Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Michael Ellerman Date: Wed, 17 Apr 2013 20:30:00 +0000 Subject: KVM: PPC: Book3S: Add infrastructure to implement kernel-side RTAS calls For pseries machine emulation, in order to move the interrupt controller code to the kernel, we need to intercept some RTAS calls in the kernel itself. This adds an infrastructure to allow in-kernel handlers to be registered for RTAS services by name. A new ioctl, KVM_PPC_RTAS_DEFINE_TOKEN, then allows userspace to associate token values with those service names. Then, when the guest requests an RTAS service with one of those token values, it will be handled by the relevant in-kernel handler rather than being passed up to userspace as at present. Signed-off-by: Michael Ellerman Signed-off-by: Benjamin Herrenschmidt Signed-off-by: Paul Mackerras [agraf: fix warning] Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf --- include/uapi/linux/kvm.h | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/kvm.h b/include/uapi/linux/kvm.h index 0ebf59b50ed0..d4005192ad6e 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/kvm.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/kvm.h @@ -668,6 +668,7 @@ struct kvm_ppc_smmu_info { #define KVM_CAP_ARM_SET_DEVICE_ADDR 88 #define KVM_CAP_DEVICE_CTRL 89 #define KVM_CAP_IRQ_MPIC 90 +#define KVM_CAP_PPC_RTAS 91 #ifdef KVM_CAP_IRQ_ROUTING @@ -928,6 +929,8 @@ struct kvm_s390_ucas_mapping { #define KVM_PPC_GET_HTAB_FD _IOW(KVMIO, 0xaa, struct kvm_get_htab_fd) /* Available with KVM_CAP_ARM_SET_DEVICE_ADDR */ #define KVM_ARM_SET_DEVICE_ADDR _IOW(KVMIO, 0xab, struct kvm_arm_device_addr) +/* Available with KVM_CAP_PPC_RTAS */ +#define KVM_PPC_RTAS_DEFINE_TOKEN _IOW(KVMIO, 0xac, struct kvm_rtas_token_args) /* ioctl for vm fd */ #define KVM_CREATE_DEVICE _IOWR(KVMIO, 0xe0, struct kvm_create_device) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 2a5bab1004729f3302c776e53ee7c895b98bb1ce Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Alex Williamson Date: Tue, 16 Apr 2013 13:49:18 -0600 Subject: kvm: Allow build-time configuration of KVM device assignment We hope to at some point deprecate KVM legacy device assignment in favor of VFIO-based assignment. Towards that end, allow legacy device assignment to be deconfigured. Signed-off-by: Alex Williamson Reviewed-by: Alexander Graf Acked-by: Michael S. Tsirkin Signed-off-by: Gleb Natapov --- include/uapi/linux/kvm.h | 4 ---- 1 file changed, 4 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/kvm.h b/include/uapi/linux/kvm.h index d4005192ad6e..965e5b52dee0 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/kvm.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/kvm.h @@ -561,9 +561,7 @@ struct kvm_ppc_smmu_info { #define KVM_CAP_MP_STATE 14 #define KVM_CAP_COALESCED_MMIO 15 #define KVM_CAP_SYNC_MMU 16 /* Changes to host mmap are reflected in guest */ -#ifdef __KVM_HAVE_DEVICE_ASSIGNMENT #define KVM_CAP_DEVICE_ASSIGNMENT 17 -#endif #define KVM_CAP_IOMMU 18 #ifdef __KVM_HAVE_MSI #define KVM_CAP_DEVICE_MSI 20 @@ -581,9 +579,7 @@ struct kvm_ppc_smmu_info { #endif #define KVM_CAP_IRQ_ROUTING 25 #define KVM_CAP_IRQ_INJECT_STATUS 26 -#ifdef __KVM_HAVE_DEVICE_ASSIGNMENT #define KVM_CAP_DEVICE_DEASSIGNMENT 27 -#endif #ifdef __KVM_HAVE_MSIX #define KVM_CAP_DEVICE_MSIX 28 #endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From 5d174dd80ce94b7ed0950e31fc9a0122c689523b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephen hemminger Date: Sat, 27 Apr 2013 11:31:55 +0000 Subject: vxlan: source compatiablity with IFLA_VXLAN_GROUP (v2) Source compatiability for build iproute2 was broken by: commit c7995c43facc6e5dea4de63fa9d283a337aabeb1 Author: Atzm Watanabe vxlan: Allow setting destination to unicast address. Since this commit has not made it upstream (still net-next), and better to avoid gratitious changes to exported API's; go back to original definition, and add a comment. Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/if_link.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/if_link.h b/include/uapi/linux/if_link.h index e3163544f339..5346131524e4 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/if_link.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/if_link.h @@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ enum macvlan_mode { enum { IFLA_VXLAN_UNSPEC, IFLA_VXLAN_ID, - IFLA_VXLAN_REMOTE, + IFLA_VXLAN_GROUP, /* group or remote address */ IFLA_VXLAN_LINK, IFLA_VXLAN_LOCAL, IFLA_VXLAN_TTL, -- cgit v1.2.3 From 823aa873bc782f1c51b1ce8ec6da7cfcaf93836e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephen hemminger Date: Sat, 27 Apr 2013 11:31:57 +0000 Subject: vxlan: allow choosing destination port per vxlan Allow configuring the default destination port on a per-device basis. Adds new netlink paramater IFLA_VXLAN_PORT to allow setting destination port when creating new vxlan. Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/if_link.h | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/if_link.h b/include/uapi/linux/if_link.h index 5346131524e4..b05823cae784 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/if_link.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/if_link.h @@ -305,11 +305,12 @@ enum { IFLA_VXLAN_LEARNING, IFLA_VXLAN_AGEING, IFLA_VXLAN_LIMIT, - IFLA_VXLAN_PORT_RANGE, + IFLA_VXLAN_PORT_RANGE, /* source port */ IFLA_VXLAN_PROXY, IFLA_VXLAN_RSC, IFLA_VXLAN_L2MISS, IFLA_VXLAN_L3MISS, + IFLA_VXLAN_PORT, /* destination port */ __IFLA_VXLAN_MAX }; #define IFLA_VXLAN_MAX (__IFLA_VXLAN_MAX - 1) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 626419038a3e4a1f61119a4af08d01415961eb4e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nicolas Dichtel Date: Thu, 25 Apr 2013 06:53:52 +0000 Subject: packet_diag: disclose uid value This value is disclosed via /proc/net/packet but not via netlink messages. The goal is to have the same level of information. Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/packet_diag.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/packet_diag.h b/include/uapi/linux/packet_diag.h index afafd703ad92..84f83a47b6f6 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/packet_diag.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/packet_diag.h @@ -32,6 +32,7 @@ enum { PACKET_DIAG_RX_RING, PACKET_DIAG_TX_RING, PACKET_DIAG_FANOUT, + PACKET_DIAG_UID, __PACKET_DIAG_MAX, }; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 76d0eeb1a1579453cfd7c4da22004d4b34187ab4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nicolas Dichtel Date: Thu, 25 Apr 2013 06:53:53 +0000 Subject: packet_diag: disclose meminfo values sk_rmem_alloc is disclosed via /proc/net/packet but not via netlink messages. The goal is to have the same level of information. Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/packet_diag.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/packet_diag.h b/include/uapi/linux/packet_diag.h index 84f83a47b6f6..c0802c18c8ad 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/packet_diag.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/packet_diag.h @@ -16,6 +16,7 @@ struct packet_diag_req { #define PACKET_SHOW_MCLIST 0x00000002 /* A set of packet_diag_mclist-s */ #define PACKET_SHOW_RING_CFG 0x00000004 /* Rings configuration parameters */ #define PACKET_SHOW_FANOUT 0x00000008 +#define PACKET_SHOW_MEMINFO 0x00000010 struct packet_diag_msg { __u8 pdiag_family; @@ -33,6 +34,7 @@ enum { PACKET_DIAG_TX_RING, PACKET_DIAG_FANOUT, PACKET_DIAG_UID, + PACKET_DIAG_MEMINFO, __PACKET_DIAG_MAX, }; -- cgit v1.2.3 From e8d9612c181b1a68ba5f71384629343466f1bd13 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nicolas Dichtel Date: Thu, 25 Apr 2013 06:53:54 +0000 Subject: sock_diag: allow to dump bpf filters This patch allows to dump BPF filters attached to a socket with SO_ATTACH_FILTER. Note that we check CAP_SYS_ADMIN before allowing to dump this info. For now, only AF_PACKET sockets use this feature. Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/packet_diag.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/packet_diag.h b/include/uapi/linux/packet_diag.h index c0802c18c8ad..b2cc0cd9c4d9 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/packet_diag.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/packet_diag.h @@ -17,6 +17,7 @@ struct packet_diag_req { #define PACKET_SHOW_RING_CFG 0x00000004 /* Rings configuration parameters */ #define PACKET_SHOW_FANOUT 0x00000008 #define PACKET_SHOW_MEMINFO 0x00000010 +#define PACKET_SHOW_FILTER 0x00000020 struct packet_diag_msg { __u8 pdiag_family; @@ -35,6 +36,7 @@ enum { PACKET_DIAG_FANOUT, PACKET_DIAG_UID, PACKET_DIAG_MEMINFO, + PACKET_DIAG_FILTER, __PACKET_DIAG_MAX, }; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 34d666d489cf70c246ca99b2387741915c34b88c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jozsef Kadlecsik Date: Sat, 27 Apr 2013 14:38:56 +0200 Subject: netfilter: ipset: Introduce the counter extension in the core Signed-off-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso --- include/uapi/linux/netfilter/ipset/ip_set.h | 5 +++++ 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/netfilter/ipset/ip_set.h b/include/uapi/linux/netfilter/ipset/ip_set.h index fbee42807a11..ed452675d153 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/netfilter/ipset/ip_set.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/netfilter/ipset/ip_set.h @@ -108,6 +108,8 @@ enum { IPSET_ATTR_CIDR2, IPSET_ATTR_IP2_TO, IPSET_ATTR_IFACE, + IPSET_ATTR_BYTES, + IPSET_ATTR_PACKETS, __IPSET_ATTR_ADT_MAX, }; #define IPSET_ATTR_ADT_MAX (__IPSET_ATTR_ADT_MAX - 1) @@ -137,6 +139,7 @@ enum ipset_errno { IPSET_ERR_REFERENCED, IPSET_ERR_IPADDR_IPV4, IPSET_ERR_IPADDR_IPV6, + IPSET_ERR_COUNTER, /* Type specific error codes */ IPSET_ERR_TYPE_SPECIFIC = 4352, @@ -161,6 +164,8 @@ enum ipset_cadt_flags { IPSET_FLAG_PHYSDEV = (1 << IPSET_FLAG_BIT_PHYSDEV), IPSET_FLAG_BIT_NOMATCH = 2, IPSET_FLAG_NOMATCH = (1 << IPSET_FLAG_BIT_NOMATCH), + IPSET_FLAG_BIT_WITH_COUNTERS = 3, + IPSET_FLAG_WITH_COUNTERS = (1 << IPSET_FLAG_BIT_WITH_COUNTERS), IPSET_FLAG_CADT_MAX = 15, /* Upper half */ }; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 6e01781d1c80e2e8263471252a631e86165b15c5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jozsef Kadlecsik Date: Sat, 27 Apr 2013 14:40:50 +0200 Subject: netfilter: ipset: set match: add support to match the counters The new revision of the set match supports to match the counters and to suppress updating the counters at matching too. At the set:list types, the updating of the subcounters can be suppressed as well. Signed-off-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso --- include/uapi/linux/netfilter/ipset/ip_set.h | 31 +++++++++++++++++++++++++---- include/uapi/linux/netfilter/xt_set.h | 9 +++++++++ 2 files changed, 36 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/netfilter/ipset/ip_set.h b/include/uapi/linux/netfilter/ipset/ip_set.h index ed452675d153..8024cdf13b70 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/netfilter/ipset/ip_set.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/netfilter/ipset/ip_set.h @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ enum ipset_errno { IPSET_ERR_TYPE_SPECIFIC = 4352, }; -/* Flags at command level */ +/* Flags at command level or match/target flags, lower half of cmdattrs*/ enum ipset_cmd_flags { IPSET_FLAG_BIT_EXIST = 0, IPSET_FLAG_EXIST = (1 << IPSET_FLAG_BIT_EXIST), @@ -153,10 +153,20 @@ enum ipset_cmd_flags { IPSET_FLAG_LIST_SETNAME = (1 << IPSET_FLAG_BIT_LIST_SETNAME), IPSET_FLAG_BIT_LIST_HEADER = 2, IPSET_FLAG_LIST_HEADER = (1 << IPSET_FLAG_BIT_LIST_HEADER), - IPSET_FLAG_CMD_MAX = 15, /* Lower half */ + IPSET_FLAG_BIT_SKIP_COUNTER_UPDATE = 3, + IPSET_FLAG_SKIP_COUNTER_UPDATE = + (1 << IPSET_FLAG_BIT_SKIP_COUNTER_UPDATE), + IPSET_FLAG_BIT_SKIP_SUBCOUNTER_UPDATE = 4, + IPSET_FLAG_SKIP_SUBCOUNTER_UPDATE = + (1 << IPSET_FLAG_BIT_SKIP_SUBCOUNTER_UPDATE), + IPSET_FLAG_BIT_MATCH_COUNTERS = 5, + IPSET_FLAG_MATCH_COUNTERS = (1 << IPSET_FLAG_BIT_MATCH_COUNTERS), + IPSET_FLAG_BIT_RETURN_NOMATCH = 7, + IPSET_FLAG_RETURN_NOMATCH = (1 << IPSET_FLAG_BIT_RETURN_NOMATCH), + IPSET_FLAG_CMD_MAX = 15, }; -/* Flags at CADT attribute level */ +/* Flags at CADT attribute level, upper half of cmdattrs */ enum ipset_cadt_flags { IPSET_FLAG_BIT_BEFORE = 0, IPSET_FLAG_BEFORE = (1 << IPSET_FLAG_BIT_BEFORE), @@ -166,7 +176,7 @@ enum ipset_cadt_flags { IPSET_FLAG_NOMATCH = (1 << IPSET_FLAG_BIT_NOMATCH), IPSET_FLAG_BIT_WITH_COUNTERS = 3, IPSET_FLAG_WITH_COUNTERS = (1 << IPSET_FLAG_BIT_WITH_COUNTERS), - IPSET_FLAG_CADT_MAX = 15, /* Upper half */ + IPSET_FLAG_CADT_MAX = 15, }; /* Commands with settype-specific attributes */ @@ -195,6 +205,7 @@ enum ip_set_dim { * If changed, new revision of iptables match/target is required. */ IPSET_DIM_MAX = 6, + /* Backward compatibility: set match revision 2 */ IPSET_BIT_RETURN_NOMATCH = 7, }; @@ -207,6 +218,18 @@ enum ip_set_kopt { IPSET_RETURN_NOMATCH = (1 << IPSET_BIT_RETURN_NOMATCH), }; +enum { + IPSET_COUNTER_NONE = 0, + IPSET_COUNTER_EQ, + IPSET_COUNTER_NE, + IPSET_COUNTER_LT, + IPSET_COUNTER_GT, +}; + +struct ip_set_counter_match { + __u8 op; + __u64 value; +}; /* Interface to iptables/ip6tables */ diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/netfilter/xt_set.h b/include/uapi/linux/netfilter/xt_set.h index e3a9978f259f..964d3d42f874 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/netfilter/xt_set.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/netfilter/xt_set.h @@ -62,4 +62,13 @@ struct xt_set_info_target_v2 { __u32 timeout; }; +/* Revision 3 match */ + +struct xt_set_info_match_v3 { + struct xt_set_info match_set; + struct ip_set_counter_match packets; + struct ip_set_counter_match bytes; + __u32 flags; +}; + #endif /*_XT_SET_H*/ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 7237190df8c4129241697530a4eecabdc4ecc66e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Florian Westphal Date: Fri, 19 Apr 2013 04:58:26 +0000 Subject: netfilter: nfnetlink_queue: add skb info attribute Once we allow userspace to receive gso/gro packets, userspace needs to be able to determine when checksums appear to be broken, but are not. NFQA_SKB_CSUMNOTREADY means 'checksums will be fixed in kernel later, pretend they are ok'. NFQA_SKB_GSO could be used for statistics, or to determine when packet size exceeds mtu. Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso --- include/uapi/linux/netfilter/nfnetlink_queue.h | 7 +++++++ 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/netfilter/nfnetlink_queue.h b/include/uapi/linux/netfilter/nfnetlink_queue.h index 70ec8c2bc11a..0069da370464 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/netfilter/nfnetlink_queue.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/netfilter/nfnetlink_queue.h @@ -45,6 +45,7 @@ enum nfqnl_attr_type { NFQA_CT, /* nf_conntrack_netlink.h */ NFQA_CT_INFO, /* enum ip_conntrack_info */ NFQA_CAP_LEN, /* __u32 length of captured packet */ + NFQA_SKB_INFO, /* __u32 skb meta information */ __NFQA_MAX }; @@ -98,4 +99,10 @@ enum nfqnl_attr_config { #define NFQA_CFG_F_CONNTRACK (1 << 1) #define NFQA_CFG_F_MAX (1 << 2) +/* flags for NFQA_SKB_INFO */ +/* packet appears to have wrong checksums, but they are ok */ +#define NFQA_SKB_CSUMNOTREADY (1 << 0) +/* packet is GSO (i.e., exceeds device mtu) */ +#define NFQA_SKB_GSO (1 << 1) + #endif /* _NFNETLINK_QUEUE_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 00bd1cc24a7dd295ee095dc50791aab6ede46c7a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Florian Westphal Date: Fri, 19 Apr 2013 04:58:27 +0000 Subject: netfilter: nfnetlink_queue: avoid expensive gso segmentation and checksum fixup Userspace can now indicate that it can cope with larger-than-mtu sized packets and packets that have invalid ipv4/tcp checksums. Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso --- include/uapi/linux/netfilter/nfnetlink_queue.h | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/netfilter/nfnetlink_queue.h b/include/uapi/linux/netfilter/nfnetlink_queue.h index 0069da370464..a2308ae5a73d 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/netfilter/nfnetlink_queue.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/netfilter/nfnetlink_queue.h @@ -97,7 +97,8 @@ enum nfqnl_attr_config { /* Flags for NFQA_CFG_FLAGS */ #define NFQA_CFG_F_FAIL_OPEN (1 << 0) #define NFQA_CFG_F_CONNTRACK (1 << 1) -#define NFQA_CFG_F_MAX (1 << 2) +#define NFQA_CFG_F_GSO (1 << 2) +#define NFQA_CFG_F_MAX (1 << 3) /* flags for NFQA_SKB_INFO */ /* packet appears to have wrong checksums, but they are ok */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 6a5dc9e598fe90160fee7de098fa319665f5253e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Mon, 29 Apr 2013 08:39:56 +0000 Subject: net: Add MIB counters for checksum errors Add MIB counters for checksum errors in IP layer, and TCP/UDP/ICMP layers, to help diagnose problems. $ nstat -a | grep Csum IcmpInCsumErrors 72 0.0 TcpInCsumErrors 382 0.0 UdpInCsumErrors 463221 0.0 Icmp6InCsumErrors 75 0.0 Udp6InCsumErrors 173442 0.0 IpExtInCsumErrors 10884 0.0 Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/snmp.h | 5 +++++ 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/snmp.h b/include/uapi/linux/snmp.h index fefdec91c68b..df2e8b4f9c03 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/snmp.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/snmp.h @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ enum IPSTATS_MIB_OUTMCASTOCTETS, /* OutMcastOctets */ IPSTATS_MIB_INBCASTOCTETS, /* InBcastOctets */ IPSTATS_MIB_OUTBCASTOCTETS, /* OutBcastOctets */ + IPSTATS_MIB_CSUMERRORS, /* InCsumErrors */ __IPSTATS_MIB_MAX }; @@ -87,6 +88,7 @@ enum ICMP_MIB_OUTTIMESTAMPREPS, /* OutTimestampReps */ ICMP_MIB_OUTADDRMASKS, /* OutAddrMasks */ ICMP_MIB_OUTADDRMASKREPS, /* OutAddrMaskReps */ + ICMP_MIB_CSUMERRORS, /* InCsumErrors */ __ICMP_MIB_MAX }; @@ -103,6 +105,7 @@ enum ICMP6_MIB_INERRORS, /* InErrors */ ICMP6_MIB_OUTMSGS, /* OutMsgs */ ICMP6_MIB_OUTERRORS, /* OutErrors */ + ICMP6_MIB_CSUMERRORS, /* InCsumErrors */ __ICMP6_MIB_MAX }; @@ -130,6 +133,7 @@ enum TCP_MIB_RETRANSSEGS, /* RetransSegs */ TCP_MIB_INERRS, /* InErrs */ TCP_MIB_OUTRSTS, /* OutRsts */ + TCP_MIB_CSUMERRORS, /* InCsumErrors */ __TCP_MIB_MAX }; @@ -147,6 +151,7 @@ enum UDP_MIB_OUTDATAGRAMS, /* OutDatagrams */ UDP_MIB_RCVBUFERRORS, /* RcvbufErrors */ UDP_MIB_SNDBUFERRORS, /* SndbufErrors */ + UDP_MIB_CSUMERRORS, /* InCsumErrors */ __UDP_MIB_MAX }; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 7136851117744f1d291bed6d307432699d405109 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Darrick J. Wong" Date: Mon, 29 Apr 2013 15:07:25 -0700 Subject: mm: make snapshotting pages for stable writes a per-bio operation Walking a bio's page mappings has proved problematic, so create a new bio flag to indicate that a bio's data needs to be snapshotted in order to guarantee stable pages during writeback. Next, for the one user (ext3/jbd) of snapshotting, hook all the places where writes can be initiated without PG_writeback set, and set BIO_SNAP_STABLE there. We must also flag journal "metadata" bios for stable writeout, since file data can be written through the journal. Finally, the MS_SNAP_STABLE mount flag (only used by ext3) is now superfluous, so get rid of it. [akpm@linux-foundation.org: rename _submit_bh()'s `flags' to `bio_flags', delobotomize the _submit_bh declaration] [akpm@linux-foundation.org: teeny cleanup] Signed-off-by: Darrick J. Wong Cc: Andy Lutomirski Cc: Adrian Hunter Cc: Artem Bityutskiy Reviewed-by: Jan Kara Cc: Jens Axboe Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/uapi/linux/fs.h | 1 - 1 file changed, 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/fs.h b/include/uapi/linux/fs.h index c7fc1e6517c3..a4ed56cf0eac 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/fs.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/fs.h @@ -88,7 +88,6 @@ struct inodes_stat_t { #define MS_STRICTATIME (1<<24) /* Always perform atime updates */ /* These sb flags are internal to the kernel */ -#define MS_SNAP_STABLE (1<<27) /* Snapshot pages during writeback, if needed */ #define MS_NOSEC (1<<28) #define MS_BORN (1<<29) #define MS_ACTIVE (1<<30) -- cgit v1.2.3 From c55b6b3da25aa3af36ec51a13a4ed15fef0d7a73 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: =?UTF-8?q?Ville=20Syrj=C3=A4l=C3=A4?= Date: Fri, 26 Apr 2013 17:40:28 +0300 Subject: drm: Kill user_modes list and the associated ioctls MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit There is no way to use modes added to the user_modes list. We never look at the contents of said list in the kernel, and the only operations userspace can do are attach and detach. So the only "benefit" of this interface is wasting kernel memory. Fortunately it seems no real user space application ever used these ioctls. So just kill them. Also remove the prototypes for the non-existing drm_mode_addmode_ioctl() and drm_mode_rmmode_ioctl() functions. v2: Use drm_noop instead of completely removing the ioctls Signed-off-by: Ville Syrjälä Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie --- include/uapi/drm/drm.h | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/drm/drm.h b/include/uapi/drm/drm.h index 73a99e4664be..5a57be68bab7 100644 --- a/include/uapi/drm/drm.h +++ b/include/uapi/drm/drm.h @@ -711,8 +711,8 @@ struct drm_prime_handle { #define DRM_IOCTL_MODE_SETGAMMA DRM_IOWR(0xA5, struct drm_mode_crtc_lut) #define DRM_IOCTL_MODE_GETENCODER DRM_IOWR(0xA6, struct drm_mode_get_encoder) #define DRM_IOCTL_MODE_GETCONNECTOR DRM_IOWR(0xA7, struct drm_mode_get_connector) -#define DRM_IOCTL_MODE_ATTACHMODE DRM_IOWR(0xA8, struct drm_mode_mode_cmd) -#define DRM_IOCTL_MODE_DETACHMODE DRM_IOWR(0xA9, struct drm_mode_mode_cmd) +#define DRM_IOCTL_MODE_ATTACHMODE DRM_IOWR(0xA8, struct drm_mode_mode_cmd) /* deprecated (never worked) */ +#define DRM_IOCTL_MODE_DETACHMODE DRM_IOWR(0xA9, struct drm_mode_mode_cmd) /* deprecated (never worked) */ #define DRM_IOCTL_MODE_GETPROPERTY DRM_IOWR(0xAA, struct drm_mode_get_property) #define DRM_IOCTL_MODE_SETPROPERTY DRM_IOWR(0xAB, struct drm_mode_connector_set_property) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 46e959ea2969cc1668d09b0dc55226946cf781f1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Richard Guy Briggs Date: Fri, 3 May 2013 14:03:50 -0400 Subject: audit: add an option to control logging of passwords with pam_tty_audit Most commands are entered one line at a time and processed as complete lines in non-canonical mode. Commands that interactively require a password, enter canonical mode to do this while shutting off echo. This pair of features (icanon and !echo) can be used to avoid logging passwords by audit while still logging the rest of the command. Adding a member (log_passwd) to the struct audit_tty_status passed in by pam_tty_audit allows control of canonical mode without echo per task. Signed-off-by: Richard Guy Briggs Signed-off-by: Eric Paris --- include/uapi/linux/audit.h | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/audit.h b/include/uapi/linux/audit.h index 9f096f1c0907..c058c24b97ac 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/audit.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/audit.h @@ -369,7 +369,8 @@ struct audit_status { }; struct audit_tty_status { - __u32 enabled; /* 1 = enabled, 0 = disabled */ + __u32 enabled; /* 1 = enabled, 0 = disabled */ + __u32 log_passwd; /* 1 = enabled, 0 = disabled */ }; /* audit_rule_data supports filter rules with both integer and string -- cgit v1.2.3 From 84c751bd4aebbaae995fe32279d3dba48327bad4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Andrey Vagin Date: Tue, 30 Apr 2013 15:27:59 -0700 Subject: ptrace: add ability to retrieve signals without removing from a queue (v4) This patch adds a new ptrace request PTRACE_PEEKSIGINFO. This request is used to retrieve information about pending signals starting with the specified sequence number. Siginfo_t structures are copied from the child into the buffer starting at "data". The argument "addr" is a pointer to struct ptrace_peeksiginfo_args. struct ptrace_peeksiginfo_args { u64 off; /* from which siginfo to start */ u32 flags; s32 nr; /* how may siginfos to take */ }; "nr" has type "s32", because ptrace() returns "long", which has 32 bits on i386 and a negative values is used for errors. Currently here is only one flag PTRACE_PEEKSIGINFO_SHARED for dumping signals from process-wide queue. If this flag is not set, signals are read from a per-thread queue. The request PTRACE_PEEKSIGINFO returns a number of dumped signals. If a signal with the specified sequence number doesn't exist, ptrace returns zero. The request returns an error, if no signal has been dumped. Errors: EINVAL - one or more specified flags are not supported or nr is negative EFAULT - buf or addr is outside your accessible address space. A result siginfo contains a kernel part of si_code which usually striped, but it's required for queuing the same siginfo back during restore of pending signals. This functionality is required for checkpointing pending signals. Pedro Alves suggested using it in "gdb" to peek at pending signals. gdb already uses PTRACE_GETSIGINFO to get the siginfo for the signal which was already dequeued. This functionality allows gdb to look at the pending signals which were not reported yet. The prototype of this code was developed by Oleg Nesterov. Signed-off-by: Andrew Vagin Cc: Roland McGrath Cc: Oleg Nesterov Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" Cc: David Howells Cc: Dave Jones Cc: "Michael Kerrisk (man-pages)" Cc: Pavel Emelyanov Cc: Linus Torvalds Cc: Pedro Alves Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/uapi/linux/ptrace.h | 12 ++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 12 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/ptrace.h b/include/uapi/linux/ptrace.h index 022ab186a812..52ebcc89f306 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/ptrace.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/ptrace.h @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ /* has the defines to get at the registers. */ +#include #define PTRACE_TRACEME 0 #define PTRACE_PEEKTEXT 1 @@ -52,6 +53,17 @@ #define PTRACE_INTERRUPT 0x4207 #define PTRACE_LISTEN 0x4208 +#define PTRACE_PEEKSIGINFO 0x4209 + +struct ptrace_peeksiginfo_args { + __u64 off; /* from which siginfo to start */ + __u32 flags; + __s32 nr; /* how may siginfos to take */ +}; + +/* Read signals from a shared (process wide) queue */ +#define PTRACE_PEEKSIGINFO_SHARED (1 << 0) + /* Wait extended result codes for the above trace options. */ #define PTRACE_EVENT_FORK 1 #define PTRACE_EVENT_VFORK 2 -- cgit v1.2.3 From 60b9df7a54804a965850db00beec4d3a2c002536 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Miklos Szeredi Date: Wed, 1 May 2013 14:37:21 +0200 Subject: fuse: add flag to turn on async direct IO Without async DIO write requests to a single file were always serialized. With async DIO that's no longer the case. So don't turn on async DIO by default for fear of breaking backward compatibility. Signed-off-by: Miklos Szeredi --- include/uapi/linux/fuse.h | 7 ++++++- 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/fuse.h b/include/uapi/linux/fuse.h index 706d035fa748..60bb2f9f7b74 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/fuse.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/fuse.h @@ -90,6 +90,9 @@ * 7.21 * - add FUSE_READDIRPLUS * - send the requested events in POLL request + * + * 7.22 + * - add FUSE_ASYNC_DIO */ #ifndef _LINUX_FUSE_H @@ -125,7 +128,7 @@ #define FUSE_KERNEL_VERSION 7 /** Minor version number of this interface */ -#define FUSE_KERNEL_MINOR_VERSION 21 +#define FUSE_KERNEL_MINOR_VERSION 22 /** The node ID of the root inode */ #define FUSE_ROOT_ID 1 @@ -215,6 +218,7 @@ struct fuse_file_lock { * FUSE_AUTO_INVAL_DATA: automatically invalidate cached pages * FUSE_DO_READDIRPLUS: do READDIRPLUS (READDIR+LOOKUP in one) * FUSE_READDIRPLUS_AUTO: adaptive readdirplus + * FUSE_ASYNC_DIO: asynchronous direct I/O submission */ #define FUSE_ASYNC_READ (1 << 0) #define FUSE_POSIX_LOCKS (1 << 1) @@ -231,6 +235,7 @@ struct fuse_file_lock { #define FUSE_AUTO_INVAL_DATA (1 << 12) #define FUSE_DO_READDIRPLUS (1 << 13) #define FUSE_READDIRPLUS_AUTO (1 << 14) +#define FUSE_ASYNC_DIO (1 << 15) /** * CUSE INIT request/reply flags -- cgit v1.2.3 From 5012a3a384ad917b5c72a918607bd0cc64452ff8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Michael S. Tsirkin" Date: Thu, 2 May 2013 03:50:34 +0300 Subject: tcm_vhost: header split up move uapi parts to vhost.h move .c private parts to .c itself Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin Reviewed-by: Asias He Acked-by: Nicholas Bellinger --- include/uapi/linux/vhost.h | 28 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 28 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/vhost.h b/include/uapi/linux/vhost.h index e847f1e30756..bb6a5b4cb3c5 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/vhost.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/vhost.h @@ -127,4 +127,32 @@ struct vhost_memory { /* vhost-net should add virtio_net_hdr for RX, and strip for TX packets. */ #define VHOST_NET_F_VIRTIO_NET_HDR 27 +/* VHOST_SCSI specific definitions */ + +/* + * Used by QEMU userspace to ensure a consistent vhost-scsi ABI. + * + * ABI Rev 0: July 2012 version starting point for v3.6-rc merge candidate + + * RFC-v2 vhost-scsi userspace. Add GET_ABI_VERSION ioctl usage + * ABI Rev 1: January 2013. Ignore vhost_tpgt filed in struct vhost_scsi_target. + * All the targets under vhost_wwpn can be seen and used by guset. + */ + +#define VHOST_SCSI_ABI_VERSION 1 + +struct vhost_scsi_target { + int abi_version; + char vhost_wwpn[224]; /* TRANSPORT_IQN_LEN */ + unsigned short vhost_tpgt; + unsigned short reserved; +}; + +#define VHOST_SCSI_SET_ENDPOINT _IOW(VHOST_VIRTIO, 0x40, struct vhost_scsi_target) +#define VHOST_SCSI_CLEAR_ENDPOINT _IOW(VHOST_VIRTIO, 0x41, struct vhost_scsi_target) +/* Changing this breaks userspace. */ +#define VHOST_SCSI_GET_ABI_VERSION _IOW(VHOST_VIRTIO, 0x42, int) +/* Set and get the events missed flag */ +#define VHOST_SCSI_SET_EVENTS_MISSED _IOW(VHOST_VIRTIO, 0x43, __u32) +#define VHOST_SCSI_GET_EVENTS_MISSED _IOW(VHOST_VIRTIO, 0x44, __u32) + #endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From 5975a2e0950291a6bfe9fd5880e7952ff87764be Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Paul Mackerras Date: Sat, 27 Apr 2013 00:28:37 +0000 Subject: KVM: PPC: Book3S: Add API for in-kernel XICS emulation This adds the API for userspace to instantiate an XICS device in a VM and connect VCPUs to it. The API consists of a new device type for the KVM_CREATE_DEVICE ioctl, a new capability KVM_CAP_IRQ_XICS, which functions similarly to KVM_CAP_IRQ_MPIC, and the KVM_IRQ_LINE ioctl, which is used to assert and deassert interrupt inputs of the XICS. The XICS device has one attribute group, KVM_DEV_XICS_GRP_SOURCES. Each attribute within this group corresponds to the state of one interrupt source. The attribute number is the same as the interrupt source number. This does not support irq routing or irqfd yet. Signed-off-by: Paul Mackerras Acked-by: David Gibson Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf --- include/uapi/linux/kvm.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/kvm.h b/include/uapi/linux/kvm.h index 965e5b52dee0..a5c86fc34a37 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/kvm.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/kvm.h @@ -665,6 +665,7 @@ struct kvm_ppc_smmu_info { #define KVM_CAP_DEVICE_CTRL 89 #define KVM_CAP_IRQ_MPIC 90 #define KVM_CAP_PPC_RTAS 91 +#define KVM_CAP_IRQ_XICS 92 #ifdef KVM_CAP_IRQ_ROUTING @@ -837,6 +838,7 @@ struct kvm_device_attr { #define KVM_DEV_TYPE_FSL_MPIC_20 1 #define KVM_DEV_TYPE_FSL_MPIC_42 2 +#define KVM_DEV_TYPE_XICS 3 /* * ioctls for VM fds -- cgit v1.2.3 From 2b3b9bb03a9fb1e4c72947cc235771c6455ec7c9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: James Hogan Date: Wed, 27 Mar 2013 10:47:13 +0000 Subject: hostfs: move HOSTFS_SUPER_MAGIC to Move HOSTFS_SUPER_MAGIC to to be with it's magical friends from other file systems. Reported-by: Al Viro Signed-off-by: James Hogan Signed-off-by: Al Viro --- include/uapi/linux/magic.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/magic.h b/include/uapi/linux/magic.h index 249df3720be2..2944278a8ba7 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/magic.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/magic.h @@ -30,6 +30,7 @@ #define JFFS2_SUPER_MAGIC 0x72b6 #define PSTOREFS_MAGIC 0x6165676C #define EFIVARFS_MAGIC 0xde5e81e4 +#define HOSTFS_SUPER_MAGIC 0x00c0ffee #define MINIX_SUPER_MAGIC 0x137F /* minix v1 fs, 14 char names */ #define MINIX_SUPER_MAGIC2 0x138F /* minix v1 fs, 30 char names */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 77d21f23a1e4db8639e3916547c903a3b3c7a07c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephen hemminger Date: Fri, 3 May 2013 14:49:41 +0000 Subject: virtio: don't expose u16 in userspace api Programs using virtio headers outside of kernel will no longer build because u16 type does not exist in userspace. All user ABI must use __u16 typedef instead. Bug introduce by: commit 986a4f4d452dec004697f667439d27c3fda9c928 Author: Jason Wang Date: Fri Dec 7 07:04:56 2012 +0000 virtio_net: multiqueue support Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/virtio_net.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/virtio_net.h b/include/uapi/linux/virtio_net.h index a5a8c88753b9..c520203fac2f 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/virtio_net.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/virtio_net.h @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ struct virtio_net_ctrl_mac { * specified. */ struct virtio_net_ctrl_mq { - u16 virtqueue_pairs; + __u16 virtqueue_pairs; }; #define VIRTIO_NET_CTRL_MQ 4 -- cgit v1.2.3 From c2c71324ecb471c932bc1ff59e46ffcf82f274fc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Stefan Behrens Date: Wed, 10 Apr 2013 17:10:52 +0000 Subject: Btrfs: allow omitting stream header and end-cmd for btrfs send Two new flags are added to allow omitting the stream header and the end command for btrfs send streams. This is used in cases where you send multiple snapshots back-to-back in one stream. This used to be encoded like this (with 2 snapshots in this example): + + + + + + EOF The new format (if the two new flags are used) is this one: + + + Note that the currently existing receivers treat only as an indication that a new is following. This means, you can just skip the sequence without loosing compatibility. As long as an EOF is following, the currently existing receivers handle the new format (if the two new flags are used) exactly as the old one. So what is the benefit of this change? The goal is to be able to use a single stream (one TCP connection) to multiplex a request/response handshake plus Btrfs send streams, all in the same stream. In this case you cannot evaluate an EOF condition as an end of the Btrfs send stream. You need something else, and the is just perfect for this purpose. The summary is: The format change is driven by the need to send several Btrfs send streams over a single TCP connections, with the ability for a repeated request/response handshake in the middle. And this format change does not break any existing tool, it is completely compatible. You could compare the old behaviour of the Btrfs send stream to the one of ftp where you need a seperate request/response channel and newly opened data transfer channels for each file, while the new behaviour is more like http using a single stream for everything. Signed-off-by: Stefan Behrens Signed-off-by: Josef Bacik --- include/uapi/linux/btrfs.h | 20 +++++++++++++++++++- 1 file changed, 19 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/btrfs.h b/include/uapi/linux/btrfs.h index fa3a5f9338fc..5e39e859a848 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/btrfs.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/btrfs.h @@ -412,7 +412,25 @@ struct btrfs_ioctl_received_subvol_args { * search of clone sources doesn't find an extent. UPDATE_EXTENT * commands will be sent instead of WRITE commands. */ -#define BTRFS_SEND_FLAG_NO_FILE_DATA 0x1 +#define BTRFS_SEND_FLAG_NO_FILE_DATA 0x1 + +/* + * Do not add the leading stream header. Used when multiple snapshots + * are sent back to back. + */ +#define BTRFS_SEND_FLAG_OMIT_STREAM_HEADER 0x2 + +/* + * Omit the command at the end of the stream that indicated the end + * of the stream. This option is used when multiple snapshots are + * sent back to back. + */ +#define BTRFS_SEND_FLAG_OMIT_END_CMD 0x4 + +#define BTRFS_SEND_FLAG_MASK \ + (BTRFS_SEND_FLAG_NO_FILE_DATA | \ + BTRFS_SEND_FLAG_OMIT_STREAM_HEADER | \ + BTRFS_SEND_FLAG_OMIT_END_CMD) struct btrfs_ioctl_send_args { __s64 send_fd; /* in */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 2f2320360b0c35b86938bfc561124474f0dac6e4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jan Schmidt Date: Thu, 25 Apr 2013 16:04:51 +0000 Subject: Btrfs: rescan for qgroups If qgroup tracking is out of sync, a rescan operation can be started. It iterates the complete extent tree and recalculates all qgroup tracking data. This is an expensive operation and should not be used unless required. A filesystem under rescan can still be umounted. The rescan continues on the next mount. Status information is provided with a separate ioctl while a rescan operation is in progress. Signed-off-by: Jan Schmidt Signed-off-by: Josef Bacik --- include/uapi/linux/btrfs.h | 12 +++++++++++- 1 file changed, 11 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/btrfs.h b/include/uapi/linux/btrfs.h index 5e39e859a848..5ef0df545a2a 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/btrfs.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/btrfs.h @@ -376,12 +376,18 @@ struct btrfs_ioctl_get_dev_stats { #define BTRFS_QUOTA_CTL_ENABLE 1 #define BTRFS_QUOTA_CTL_DISABLE 2 -#define BTRFS_QUOTA_CTL_RESCAN 3 +#define BTRFS_QUOTA_CTL_RESCAN__NOTUSED 3 struct btrfs_ioctl_quota_ctl_args { __u64 cmd; __u64 status; }; +struct btrfs_ioctl_quota_rescan_args { + __u64 flags; + __u64 progress; + __u64 reserved[6]; +}; + struct btrfs_ioctl_qgroup_assign_args { __u64 assign; __u64 src; @@ -520,6 +526,10 @@ struct btrfs_ioctl_send_args { struct btrfs_ioctl_qgroup_create_args) #define BTRFS_IOC_QGROUP_LIMIT _IOR(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 43, \ struct btrfs_ioctl_qgroup_limit_args) +#define BTRFS_IOC_QUOTA_RESCAN _IOW(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 44, \ + struct btrfs_ioctl_quota_rescan_args) +#define BTRFS_IOC_QUOTA_RESCAN_STATUS _IOR(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 45, \ + struct btrfs_ioctl_quota_rescan_args) #define BTRFS_IOC_GET_FSLABEL _IOR(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 49, \ char[BTRFS_LABEL_SIZE]) #define BTRFS_IOC_SET_FSLABEL _IOW(BTRFS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 50, \ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 780a7654cee8d61819512385e778e4827db4bfbc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Eric W. Biederman" Date: Tue, 9 Apr 2013 02:22:10 -0700 Subject: audit: Make testing for a valid loginuid explicit. audit rule additions containing "-F auid!=4294967295" were failing with EINVAL because of a regression caused by e1760bd. Apparently some userland audit rule sets want to know if loginuid uid has been set and are using a test for auid != 4294967295 to determine that. In practice that is a horrible way to ask if a value has been set, because it relies on subtle implementation details and will break every time the uid implementation in the kernel changes. So add a clean way to test if the audit loginuid has been set, and silently convert the old idiom to the cleaner and more comprehensible new idiom. Cc: # 3.7 Reported-By: Richard Guy Briggs Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" Tested-by: Richard Guy Briggs Signed-off-by: Eric Paris --- include/uapi/linux/audit.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/audit.h b/include/uapi/linux/audit.h index c058c24b97ac..75cef3fd97ad 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/audit.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/audit.h @@ -246,6 +246,7 @@ #define AUDIT_OBJ_TYPE 21 #define AUDIT_OBJ_LEV_LOW 22 #define AUDIT_OBJ_LEV_HIGH 23 +#define AUDIT_LOGINUID_SET 24 /* These are ONLY useful when checking * at syscall exit time (AUDIT_AT_EXIT). */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 4f924b2aa4d3cb30f07e57d6b608838edcbc0d88 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Josh Boyer Date: Wed, 8 May 2013 09:45:47 +0000 Subject: if_cablemodem.h: Add parenthesis around ioctl macros Protect the SIOCGCM* ioctl macros with parenthesis. Reported-by: Paul Wouters Signed-off-by: Josh Boyer Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/uapi/linux/if_cablemodem.h | 12 ++++++------ 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/uapi') diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/if_cablemodem.h b/include/uapi/linux/if_cablemodem.h index 9ca1007edd93..ee6b3c442baf 100644 --- a/include/uapi/linux/if_cablemodem.h +++ b/include/uapi/linux/if_cablemodem.h @@ -12,11 +12,11 @@ */ /* some useful defines for sb1000.c e cmconfig.c - fv */ -#define SIOCGCMSTATS SIOCDEVPRIVATE+0 /* get cable modem stats */ -#define SIOCGCMFIRMWARE SIOCDEVPRIVATE+1 /* get cm firmware version */ -#define SIOCGCMFREQUENCY SIOCDEVPRIVATE+2 /* get cable modem frequency */ -#define SIOCSCMFREQUENCY SIOCDEVPRIVATE+3 /* set cable modem frequency */ -#define SIOCGCMPIDS SIOCDEVPRIVATE+4 /* get cable modem PIDs */ -#define SIOCSCMPIDS SIOCDEVPRIVATE+5 /* set cable modem PIDs */ +#define SIOCGCMSTATS (SIOCDEVPRIVATE+0) /* get cable modem stats */ +#define SIOCGCMFIRMWARE (SIOCDEVPRIVATE+1) /* get cm firmware version */ +#define SIOCGCMFREQUENCY (SIOCDEVPRIVATE+2) /* get cable modem frequency */ +#define SIOCSCMFREQUENCY (SIOCDEVPRIVATE+3) /* set cable modem frequency */ +#define SIOCGCMPIDS (SIOCDEVPRIVATE+4) /* get cable modem PIDs */ +#define SIOCSCMPIDS (SIOCDEVPRIVATE+5) /* set cable modem PIDs */ #endif -- cgit v1.2.3